S-1 1 d80876ds1.htm S-1 S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 8, 2021.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ON24, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   94-3292599
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

50 Beale Street, 8th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 369-8000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Sharat Sharan

Chief Executive Officer

ON24, Inc.

50 Beale Street, 8th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 369-8000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:
Peter Astiz
Andrew Ledbetter
Patrick J. O’Malley
DLA Piper LLP (US)
2000 University Avenue
East Palo Alto, CA 94303-2214
(650) 833-2000
 

John L. Savva

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

1870 Embarcadero Road

Palo Alto, CA 94303

(650) 461-5600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

(1)

Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated January 8, 2021.

Shares

LOGO

ON24, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of ON24, Inc. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by us.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                 and $                . We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ONTF”.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount(1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to ON24, Inc.

   $                    $                

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2021.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   KeyBanc Capital Markets

 

 

Prospectus dated                , 2021.


Table of Contents

LOGO

THE DIGITAL EXPERIENCE PLATFORM EXPERIENCES PERSONALIZATION ENGAGEMENT DATA CONVERTING CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT INTO REVENUE


Table of Contents

LOGO

ON24 DATA ADVANTAGE ON24 INTELLIGENCE TURNS CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT INTO ACTIONABLE INSIGHTS intelligence Framework Buying Signals Prospect Analytics Experience Analytics Content Analytics Benchmark Analytics ON24 Prospect Analytics NAME Paula Price INDUSTRY Financial Services COMPANY Metropolis ROLE VP, Network Security


Table of Contents

LOGO

ON24 DIGITAL EXPERIENCE PLATFORM ON24 Virtual Environment ON24 Target Engagement & Prospect Analytics ON24 AI Driven Personalization Engine MAP, CRM, BI Rest API Library ON24 Engagement Hub CN24 Elite live personalized first-person data & analytics ecosystem of third-party integrations always-on


Table of Contents

LOGO

AI-DRIVEN SYSTEM OF ENGAGEMENT ON24 FIRST-PERSON DATA FUELS ONGOING ENGAGEMENT, PERSONALIZATION AND CONVERSION ACROSS THE BUYING JOURNEY EXPERIENCES ENGAGEMENT DATA PAULAPRICE PERSONALIZATION


Table of Contents

LOGO

ON24 EXPERIENCES ON24 ELITE Live, interactive webinar experience that engages prospective customers in real-time and can also be made available in an on-demand format. ON24 TARGET Personalized and curated, rich multimedia content experience that engages specific segments of prospective customers to drive a desired action. ON24 ENGAGEMENT HUB Always-on, rich multimedia content experience that prospective customers can engage in anytime, anywhere. ON24 VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT Live, large-scale virtual event experience that engages prospective customers in real-time and can also be made available in an on-demand format.


Table of Contents

LOGO

We had a net loss of $7.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, $3.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2019, $3.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2019, $3.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2019 and $2.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, and we had net income of $6.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 and $6.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2020.

 

1.

Represents annualized revenue calculated based on the quarter ended September 30, 2020.

2.

Represents the increase in total digital experience platform revenue (which excludes revenue from our Legacy offering).

3.

Represents our dollar based net retention rate, or NRR, as of September 30, 2020.

4.

Represents cash flow from operations for the period of January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020.

5.

Represents our estimate of our total addressable market worldwide as of June 30, 2020.

6.

Annualized based on the period of January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020.

 

ON24 BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS $170M 100%+ 140%+1,900+ $42B 200K+ 2.5B 98% 70% $138.9 35% $114.2 25% $85.9 $76.9 $63.6 $67.2 $70.0 1. Represents annualized revenue calculated based on the quarter ended September 30, 2020. 2. Represents the increase in total digital experience platform revenue (which excludes revenue from our Legacy offering). 3. Represents our dollar based net retention rate, or NRR, as of September 30, 2020. 4. Represents cash flow from operations for the period of January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020. 5. Represents our estimate of our total addressable market worldwide as of June 30, 2020. 6. Annualized based on the period of January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020. We had a net loss of $7.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, $3.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2019, $3.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2019, $3.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2019 and $2.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, and we had net income of $6.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 and $6.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2020.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     14  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     48  

Market, Industry and Other Data

     50  

Use of Proceeds

     51  

Dividend Policy

     52  

Capitalization

     53  

Dilution

     55  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     58  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     61  

Business

     94  

Management

     115  

Executive Compensation

     122  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     134  

Principal Stockholders

     137  

Description of Capital Stock

     139  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     146  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     150  

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

     155  

Validity of Common Stock

     162  

Experts

     162  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     162  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus that we may provide to you in connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information or to make any other representations, and we and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for those purposes is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “ON24,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to ON24, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Mission

Our mission is to transform the way businesses drive revenue and customer engagement through data-rich digital experiences.

Overview

We provide a leading, cloud-based digital experience platform that enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences. Our platform’s portfolio of interactive, personalized and content-rich digital experience products creates and captures actionable, real-time data at scale from millions of professionals every month to provide businesses with buying signals and behavioral insights to efficiently convert prospects into customers.

Similar to what has taken place in the business-to-consumer, or B2C, market, our digital experience platform empowers business-to-business, or B2B, companies with insights to better personalize their engagement. Large social media platforms have been successful at leveraging experiences and insights of consumers on their platforms to enable B2C companies to effectively understand their potential consumers. While these have been effective in the B2C market, B2B companies often lack deep insights about prospective customers to effectively understand and engage them.

Businesses today primarily use automated solutions, such as digital advertising and email, for marketing. While these automated solutions reach large numbers of prospective customers, they have generally failed to deepen customer engagement because they were designed with the simple purpose of pushing marketing messages in one direction – from the business to the prospective customer. As a result, marketing at scale has become synonymous with spam, which we define as any unsolicited or automated marketing emails, advertisements, phone calls or text messages, and is often ignored by prospective customers and can even undermine the customer relationship. At the same time, prospective customers prefer to do their own research by accessing digital marketing resources before consulting with a salesperson to make a purchasing decision.

For businesses to succeed, we believe their sales and marketing strategies must evolve from the era of automation to the era of engagement. We are strategically positioned to help businesses and their sales and marketing organizations make this transition. Our platform provides an innovative way both to scale digital marketing and deepen prospective customer engagement. We believe our opportunity to help businesses convert digital engagement into revenue will continue to grow as industries modernize their sales and marketing processes, which has been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Through our leading digital experience platform, we powered more than 159,000 interactive, live digital experiences from January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020, engaging an average of



 

1


Table of Contents

4 million prospective customers and business professionals monthly between January 1, 2020 and September 30, 2020, an increase of 174% year-over-year. Our platform facilitated a monthly average of 12 million prospective customer interactions in the same time period, representing an annual run rate of 2.45 billion engagement minutes for an increase of 167% year-over-year. As our customers create more ON24 content-rich experiences, they gather more data directly from prospective customers, which we refer to as first-person data, to help them create a multiplier effect that strengthens their ability to convert prospective customers and generate revenue.

As of September 30, 2020, we had over 1,900 customers in more than 40 countries, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial and manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue. No single customer contributed more than 5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We have a highly engaged and loyal customer base that has allowed us to grow our revenue with them over time and achieve a dollar-based net retention rate, or NRR, of 147% as of September 30, 2020. Our NRR was 107% and 108% as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Our revenue was $82.6 million and $89.1 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $65.2 million and $103.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We had a net loss of $17.6 million and $17.5 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we had a net loss of $14.1 million and net income of $11.2 million, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $8.6 million and $11.4 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and net cash provided by operating activities was $26.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Industry Trends

B2B sales and marketing has shifted away from traditional approaches, such as “cold-calling,” “snail mail,” industry networking events and in-office visits, to more scalable, digital-based approaches. According to Gartner, by 2025, 80% of B2B sales interactions between suppliers and buyers are expected to occur in digital channels. As they transition to digital-based approaches, businesses are struggling to achieve deep levels of personalized engagement and interactivity. The imperative to optimize digital sales and marketing investments to drive revenue conversion has become more important as businesses accelerate digital transformation initiatives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The following key trends are impacting sales and marketing strategies today:

 

   

Personalized and interactive digital customer engagement at scale is the new imperative.

 

   

Democratization of content has led prospective customers to self-educate.

 

   

Traditional automated marketing approaches are increasingly ineffective.

 

   

Data privacy requirements are constraining automated digital marketing.

The new norms of digital transformation and targeting self-educating prospective customers have accelerated the need for cloud platforms that deliver personalized and interactive customer engagement at scale to drive revenue.



 

2


Table of Contents

Limitations of Traditional Approaches to Customer Engagement at Scale

Businesses have struggled to adapt their marketing strategies for the era of digital engagement where interactions with prospective customers happen online. Traditional marketing tactics and general-purpose communication platforms:

 

   

Are not built to create content-rich, interactive experiences for prospective customers;

 

   

Offer limited opportunity for engagement, resulting in less prospective customer data;

 

   

Do not provide effective insights to convert prospects into customers; and

 

   

Fail to utilize behavioral insights to dynamically personalize content.

In addition, in-person events, such as business conferences, are resource intensive and exist in a discrete moment in time, limiting return on investment.

Our Platform and Key Differentiators

Our leading, cloud-based digital experience platform enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences that are backed by analytics and an ecosystem of third-party integrations. We believe the key differentiators of our platform are:

 

   

Designed to drive interactive customer experiences. Our platform was built to power a new kind of customer engagement – highly interactive, real-time digital experiences that can scale engagement from hundreds to thousands of prospective customers simultaneously, aligning with how prospective business customers are seeking to self-educate.

 

   

Interactive customer engagement creates highly valuable customer insight data. Creating and measuring customer engagement and interaction is at the center of our platform. Through our products, our customers can create interactive experiences which can be used to gather rich, real-time insights on their prospective customers.

 

   

Prospective customer insights drive more efficient conversion of pipeline to revenue. The customer engagement and interaction data gathered through our platform enables businesses to derive deep insights about prospective customer behavior. These insights can drive a higher-quality pipeline and ultimately better revenue conversion for our customers. Through our ecosystem of integrations with third-party marketing automation, customer relationship management, or CRM, and business intelligence, or BI, platforms, our customers can leverage insights derived through our platform to more intelligently engage with prospective customers in real-time. Customers that represent over 60% of our annual recurring revenue, or ARR, as of September 30, 2020 have integrated our platform with a third-party application.

 

   

Flywheel effect drives continuous optimization. The more of our content-rich experiences that our customers create for their prospective customers to engage with, the more first-person data that our customers are able to collect in return. By leveraging artificial intelligence and machine learning, or AI/ML, our platform enables businesses to use this data to derive highly relevant and deep insights that fuel more personalization in future content experiences, strengthening the engagement they create and further enhancing the quality of the interaction data and insights derived through our platform.

 

   

Experiences that can be repurposed and continuously drive engagement to maximize return on investment. Our customers are able to continuously drive results because ON24 digital experiences remain interactive and can continue to engage their prospective customers well after the initial live event ends. This allows our customers to repurpose and reuse digital experiences many times over with no incremental cost.



 

3


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

 

   

Category defining platform for customer engagement at scale. We created one of the first cloud platforms for businesses to deliver interactive, data driven webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences.

 

   

Cloud-based system of engagement. We deliver several key marketing capabilities in a single cloud-based platform. With ON24, businesses can create digital experiences, deploy them at scale, collect numerous data points on their prospective customers, and leverage this data to further personalize subsequent experiences. As a result, businesses no longer need to rely on a combination of standalone products.

 

   

Broad, rich dataset and AI/ML capabilities power valuable insights. Our platform enables highly interactive experiences, giving our customers access to behavioral data that signals buying intent. By leveraging our AI/ML capabilities, our customers can derive valuable and actionable insights in order to optimize their sales and marketing strategies.

 

   

Enterprise grade, highly scalable cloud platform. Our cloud-based platform has been developed to enable enterprise-grade scalability. This includes options and features to enable our customers to make privacy and compliance choices that align to their needs as well as integrations with a broad ecosystem of third-party applications.

 

   

Growing base of customers across verticals. We have grown our customer base from approximately 760 customers as of December 31, 2015 to over 1,900 customers as of September 30, 2020, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue.

 

   

Superior, dedicated customer service. Our solutions are designed to be easy to use, featuring drag-and-drop and other similar tools simplifying implementation by our customers, supported by 24/7 technical, chat and webinar experience emergency support.

Our Market Opportunity

Businesses continue to invest significantly in various digital marketing strategies and technologies, which account for almost 80% of marketing budgets according to a Gartner survey. Further, according to that same survey, Chief Marketing Officers, or CMOs, are expected to allocate approximately 26% of their total budget to marketing technologies, and 68% of CMOs expect their investments in marketing technology to increase going forward. According to Grand View Research, the global digital marketing software industry is expected to reach approximately $152 billion in 2027. We estimate that the current total addressable market, or TAM, for our solutions is approximately $42 billion worldwide annually. For more information regarding how we calculate our TAM, see “Business—Our Market Opportunity.”

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to drive the growth of our business and the adoption of our solutions by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Drive new customer acquisition;

 

   

Expand within existing customers;

 

   

Continue to sell complementary products and develop new solutions for specific use cases;



 

4


Table of Contents
   

Expand into new regions; and

 

   

Identify and pursue inorganic growth opportunities.

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves risks, which are discussed more fully under “Risk Factors.” You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including under “Risk Factors,” before making an investment decision. These risks include, but are not limited to, risks relating to:

 

   

Our ability to sustain our recent revenue growth rate in the future, attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers;

 

   

Fluctuation in our performance, our history of net losses and expected increases in our expenses;

 

   

Competition and technological development in our markets and any decline in demand for our solutions or generally in our markets;

 

   

Our ability to expand our sales and marketing capabilities and otherwise manage our growth;

 

   

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

Disruptions, interruptions, outages or other issues with our technology or our use of third-party services, data connectors and data centers;

 

   

Any cybersecurity-related attack, significant data breach or disruption of the information technology systems or networks on which we rely;

 

   

Our sales cycle, our international expansion and our timing of revenue recognition from our sales;

 

   

Interoperability with other devices, systems and applications;

 

   

Compliance with data privacy, import and export controls, customs, sanctions and other laws and regulations;

 

   

Intellectual property matters, including any infringements of third-party intellectual property rights by us or infringement of our intellectual property rights by third parties; and

 

   

The market for, trading price of and other matters associated with our common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

Reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data;

 

   

An exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements; and

 

   

Exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.



 

5


Table of Contents

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and accordingly, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that have opted out of using such extended transition period, which may make comparison of our financial statements with those of other public companies more difficult. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company or, with respect to adoption of certain new or revised accounting standards, until we irrevocably elect to opt out of using the extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the closing of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens.

Corporate Information

ON24, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on January 8, 1998 under the name “NewsDirect, Inc.” Our principal executive offices are located at 50 Beale Street, 8th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, and our telephone number is (415) 369-8000. Our website address is www.on24.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of and is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

We own various U.S. federal trademarks and unregistered trademarks, including our company name, logo and solution names and other trade or service marks. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols ® and , but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.



 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered

                   shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                   shares

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock offered in this offering

  

 

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                 shares from us.

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $                 million (or approximately $                 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
   The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Conflicts of interest

   An affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter of this offering, beneficially owns all outstanding shares of our Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock as of September 30, 2020, which will automatically convert into shares of common stock representing approximately 14.5% of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. As a result, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written


 

7


Table of Contents
   approval of the account holder and requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. is acting as the “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. See the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Proposed New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, trading symbol

   “ONTF”

Risk factors

   You should read the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of some of the risks and uncertainties you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

The total number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering includes 10,742,141 shares of common stock and 27,227,466 shares of preferred stock (which will convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and excludes:

 

   

9,571,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, having a weighted average exercise price of $2.52 per share;

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan (which number includes                shares remaining available for issuance under our 2014 Stock Option Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan upon its effectiveness); and

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or our Certificate of Incorporation, and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or our Bylaws;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 27,227,466 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that vests in connection with this offering;

 



 

8


Table of Contents
   

no exercise of the outstanding options described above; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase                additional shares of our common stock.



 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state our financial position as of September 30, 2020 and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or any other period.

You should read this data together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

   $ 66,079     $ 72,589     $ 53,368     $ 81,379  

Professional services

     16,529       16,544       11,825       22,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     82,608       89,133       65,193       103,655  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform(1)

     14,232       16,730       12,571       14,405  

Professional services(1)

     10,689       10,411       7,666       8,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,921       27,141       20,237       23,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,687       61,992       44,956       80,367  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing(1)

     46,980       47,773       35,460       40,495  

Research and development(1)

     14,343       15,730       11,660       13,272  

General and administrative(1)

     13,299       14,590       10,928       14,370  

Other gains from operations

     (850     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73,772       78,093       58,048       68,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,085     (16,101     (13,092     12,230  

Interest expense, net

     1,052       1,029       799       633  

Other expense, net

     256       42       134       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,393     (17,172     (14,025     11,371  

Provision for income taxes

     198       355       44       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  


 

10


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

     —         (10,047     (7,547     —    

Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

     (3,025     (4,774     (3,328     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (20,616   $ (32,348   $ (24,944   $ 7,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       9,755,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       13,417,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and other platform

   $ 80      $ 97      $ 73      $ 78  

Professional services

     13        50        46        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     93        147        119        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

     633        915        454        450  

Research and development

     218        197        155        189  

General and administrative

     516        739        586        720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $       1,460      $       1,998      $       1,314      $       1,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

11


Table of Contents
(2)

Please refer to Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 52,739     $ 52,739     $                    

Working capital

     1,753       1,753    

Total assets

     134,210       134,210    

Deferred revenue

     87,195       87,195    

Long-term debt

     24,635       24,635    

Convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock

     83,857       —      

Redeemable convertible Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock

     70,000       —      

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (154,982     (1,125  

 

(1)

The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2020 into 27,227,466 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that vests in connection with this offering and approximately $0.5 million in additional stock-based compensation expense in connection with the settlement of such restricted stock unit.

 

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments set forth above; (b) the sale and issuance of                 shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (c) the repayment of our outstanding $22.4 million of indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Key Business Metrics

We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including our number of customers, our ARR, our NRR and our number of customers contributing at least $100,000 in ARR, or $100k



 

12


Table of Contents

Customers, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Key Business Metrics:(1)

        

Customers

     1,241       1,401       1,342       1,918  

ARR

   $ 61,249     $ 76,852     $ 69,997     $ 138,872  

NRR

     107     108     106     147

$100k Customers

     116       144       129       271  

 

(1)

We define a customer as a unique organization, including its subsidiaries and affiliates, that has entered into an agreement for paid access to our platform. We calculate ARR as the sum of the annualized value of our subscription contracts as of the measurement date, including existing customers with expired contracts that we expect to be renewed. We calculate NRR as of a specified period end by dividing current period ARR by prior period ARR, where prior period ARR is the ARR for all engagement platform customers as of twelve months prior to such period end, and current period ARR is the ARR for the same customers as of the specified period end. For additional information about our key business metrics, please see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics.”



 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, platform, reputation, brand, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We may not be able to sustain our recent revenue growth rate in the future.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our revenue increased by 8% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. We have experienced significant revenue growth during 2020, with our revenue increasing by 59% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our recent revenue growth has been significantly impacted by an increasing demand for our platform and products following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting precautionary measures. As the impact of COVID-19 lessens, there may be reduced demand for our platform, and our revenue growth rate may decline. If these new customers elect not to continue their subscription as the impact of COVID-19 lessens, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

As a result of our limited operating history at our current scale, our ability to forecast our future results of operations is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. You should not rely on our recent revenue growth rate or the revenue growth rate of any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance. Further, in future periods, our revenue growth rate could slow, or our revenue could decline for a number of reasons, including any reduction in demand for our platform, increased competition, higher market penetration, a contraction of our overall market, our inability to accurately forecast demand for our platform and plan for capacity constraints or our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities. If our revenue growth rate declines, investors’ perceptions of our business and the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly results of operations and financial condition may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly results of operations and financial condition may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. For example, our revenue and revenue growth rate may decline in future periods compared to 2020 as the impact of COVID-19 lessens. Further, because we generally invoice our customers at the beginning of the contractual terms of their subscriptions to our solutions, our financial condition reflects deferred revenue that we recognize ratably as revenue over the contractual term. If fewer new enrollments or renewals occur as the impact of COVID-19 lessens, our cash and deferred revenue as of future dates may decrease. Fluctuation in quarterly results may negatively impact the value of our securities. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations include:

 

   

our ability to retain and expand customer usage;

 

   

our ability to attract new customers;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

our ability to hire and retain employees, in particular those responsible for the selling or marketing of our platform and provide sales leadership in areas in which we are expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

changes in the way we organize and compensate our sales teams;

 

   

the timing of expenses and recognition of revenue;

 

   

the length of sales cycles;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, as well as international expansion and entry into operating leases;

 

   

timing and effectiveness of new sales and marketing initiatives;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

the timing and success of new products, features and functionality by us or our competitors;

 

   

interruptions or delays in our service, network outages, or actual or perceived privacy or security breaches;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations that impact our business;

 

   

one or more large indemnification payments to our customers or other third parties;

 

   

the timing of expenses related to any future acquisitions; and

 

   

general economic and market conditions.

Failure to attract new customers or retain, expand the usage of, and upsell our products to existing customers would harm our business and growth prospects.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue and cash flows from sales of subscriptions to our products. As such, our business depends upon our ability to attract new customers and to maintain and expand our relationships with our existing customers, including by expanding their usage and upselling additional solutions. Our business is largely subscription-based, and customers are not obligated to and may not renew their subscriptions after their existing subscriptions expire. As a result, customers may not renew their subscriptions at the same rate, increase their usage of our solutions or purchase subscriptions for additional solutions, if they renew at all. Renewals of subscriptions may decline or fluctuate because of several factors, such as dissatisfaction with our solutions or support, a customer no longer having a need for our solutions or the perception that competitive products provide better or less expensive options. In order to grow our business, we must continually add new customers and replace customers who choose not to continue to use our platform. Any decrease in user satisfaction with our solutions or support may result in negative online customer reviews and decreased word-of-mouth referrals, which would harm our brand and our ability to grow.

In addition to striving to attract new customers to our platform, we seek to expand the usage of our solutions by our existing customers by increasing the number of departments, divisions and teams that use our solutions within each of our customers. If we fail to expand the usage of our solutions by existing customers or if customers fail to purchase other solutions from us, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

 

15


Table of Contents

Competition in our markets is intense, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

We compete for customers with a number of different types of companies that offer a variety of products and services, including meeting tools, webinar software, virtual event software, video portal software, content management software, physical events, physical event software, marketing automation software, and digital marketing tools. Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services they offer. Many of our current and potential competitors have larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. Our solutions face competition from a number of web-based meeting, webinar, physical event and marketing software products offered by companies such as Zoom, LogMeIn, Intrado, Microsoft, Cisco, Google, Cvent and Amazon. Many of these products have significantly lower prices. Although most of these companies do not currently offer products with real-time engagement features that gather the types and extent of actionable data that we gather, many of these companies have significantly greater resources and may be able to introduce similar products in the future. Additionally, we operate in a market characterized by an increasing number of new and competitive entrants. Furthermore, this market has seen rapid expansion as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and this market expansion may attract additional entrants. As we introduce new solutions and services, and with the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future.

Many factors, including our pricing and marketing strategies, customer acquisition, and technology costs, as well as the pricing and marketing strategies of our competitors, can significantly affect our pricing strategies. Certain competitors offer, or may in the future offer, lower-priced or free products or services that compete with our entire platform or certain aspects of our platform, and they may offer a broader range of products and services than we do. Even if such competing products do not include all of the features and functionality that our solutions provide, we could face pricing pressure to the extent that customers find such alternative products to be sufficient to meet their needs. Similarly, certain competitors or potential competitors may use marketing strategies that enable them to acquire customers at a lower cost than we can. Moreover, larger organizations, which are a primary focus of our direct sales efforts, may demand substantial price concessions. As a result, we may be required to provide larger organizations with pricing below our targets in the future. As a result, we could lose market share to our competitors or be forced to engage in price-cutting initiatives or other discounts to attract and retain customers, each of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A decline in demand for our solutions or for live engagement technologies in general could harm our business.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue and cash flows from sales of subscriptions to our solutions. As a result, widespread adoption and use of live engagement technologies, webinars and event software in general, and our platform in particular, are critical to our future growth and success. If this market fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, demand for our platform could be negatively affected. Demand for our platform is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Some of these potential factors include:

 

   

availability of products and services that compete, directly or indirectly, with ours;

 

   

introduction of free or “do-it-yourself” products;

 

   

awareness and adoption of the live engagement technologies category generally as a substitute for in-person events;

 

   

ease of adoption and use;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

features and platform experience;

 

   

reliability of our platform, including frequency of outages;

 

   

performance and user support;

 

   

our brand and reputation;

 

   

security and privacy;

 

   

our pricing and our competitors’ pricing; and

 

   

new modes of live engagement that may be developed in the future.

If we fail to successfully predict and address these factors, meet customer demands or achieve more widespread market adoption of our platform, our business would be harmed.

We have a history of net losses, and we expect to increase our expenses in the future, which could prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability.

We incurred a net loss of $17.6 million in 2018, $17.5 million in 2019 and $14.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and net income of $11.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and we may incur net losses in the future. We intend to continue to expend significant funds to expand our direct sales force and marketing efforts to attract new customers and increase usage of our platform and products by our existing customers, to develop and enhance our platform and for general corporate purposes. To the extent we are successful in increasing our customer base, we may also incur increased losses because most of the costs associated with acquiring customers (other than sales commissions) are incurred up front, while the related subscription revenue is generally recognized ratably over the applicable subscription term. In addition, we may incur increased losses because most of the costs associated with acquiring customers, including sales commissions, require us to make cash outlays at the time we acquire a customer, and, similarly, the timing of our recognition of subscription revenue and sales commissions may not correspond with our cash position. Our subscriptions typically have terms of one year that automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless terminated. Our efforts to grow our business may be costlier than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our higher operating expenses and any increase in our cost of sales, including as a result of a shift to a hybrid cloud. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the value of our business and common stock may significantly decrease. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict the size and growth rate of our market, customer demand for our platform, user adoption and renewal of subscriptions to our platform, and the entry or the success of competitive products and services. As a result, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in future periods.

The failure to effectively develop and expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform.

Our ability to increase our customer base, expand the usage of our existing customers and achieve broader market acceptance of our solutions will depend to a significant extent on our ability to effectively expand and manage our sales and marketing operations and activities. We are substantially dependent on our direct sales force and on our marketing efforts in order to obtain new customers. We have recently expanded and are continuing to expand our direct sales force both domestically and internationally. We believe that there is significant competition for experienced sales professionals with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we currently require or may require in the future. Our ability to achieve revenue growth will depend, in part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of qualified and experienced sales professionals. New hires require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity, particularly in new industries or geographies. Circumstances relating to the COVID-19 pandemic have altered the way we recruit,

 

17


Table of Contents

onboard, train and integrate our employees, and these processes may not be successful in expanding our sales and marketing capabilities. New hires may not become as productive as quickly as we expect, or at all, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets and segments where we do business. Our business will be harmed if our sales expansion efforts do not generate a significant increase in revenue.

Our results of operations may be adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The global spread of the COVID-19 pandemic and related containment efforts have materially affected how we and our customers operate our respective businesses. Although in some ways the pandemic may have accelerated our growth, the longer-term effects on our business and the overall economy remain highly uncertain. For example, substantially all of our personnel are working from home. We have not conducted business in this manner previously, we do not know how long we may need to continue in this manner, and we may experience difficulty attracting and retaining personnel, reduced productivity of our employees, greater exposure to cybersecurity threats or other operational risks. Similarly, many of our customers, vendors and other third parties with which we conduct business are also working from home, working at reduced staffing levels and dealing with other challenges, such as supply chain disruptions and revised budgets, that are forcing them to conduct business in different ways. The extent to which these parties suffer inefficiencies or other risks from these different arrangements, and the extent to which these risks may impact us, is impossible to predict. In addition, as long as the pandemic continues, our employees may be exposed to health risks. Our efforts to re-open our offices safely may expose our employees, customers and other third parties to health risks and us to associated liability, and they will involve additional financial burdens. The COVID-19 pandemic may have long-term effects on the nature of the office environment and remote working. This may present operational and workplace culture challenges that may adversely affect our business.

The duration of the pandemic, whether it may recur, and its other long-term economic impacts are highly uncertain. These uncertainties make it challenging to manage our growth, maintain business relationships, price our subscription and otherwise operate and plan for our business. For example, with a broad section of the population working from home and educational institutions teaching remotely, increased demand for internet access could cause general access issues, affect our and our customers’ business interactions or cause issues with access to data centers. Moreover, the economic impacts of COVID-19 have affected and may continue to affect customer and prospective customer spending on technology such as ours, particularly for businesses involving in-person interactions, such as hospitality, manufacturing and professional services businesses. These customers may experience reduced revenue and revised budgets, which may adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase subscriptions to our platform, the timing of subscriptions, customer retention, and the value or duration of subscriptions, all of which could adversely affect our operating results. It is also possible that, if the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic subside, our customers and their users will resume in-person marketing activities in a way that decreases usage of our platform. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our business and financial performance may be influenced by a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, future spikes of COVID-19 infections resulting in additional preventative measures, the severity of the economic decline attributable to the pandemic, the timing and nature of a potential economic recovery, the impact on our customers and our sales cycles, and our ability to generate new business leads.

Due to our subscription-based business model, the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. In addition, uncertainty regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our future operating results and financial condition may result in our taking cost-cutting measures, reducing the level of our capital investments and delaying or canceling the implementation of strategic initiatives, any of which may negatively impact our business and reputation. The global macroeconomic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and related impacts on our customers’ business operations and their demand for our solutions may persist for an indefinite period, even after

 

18


Table of Contents

the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided. In addition, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may heighten many of the other risks we face, including those described in this prospectus.

We rely heavily on third parties for parts of our computing, storage, processing, application integration and similar services. Any disruption of or interference with our use of these third-party services could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We have outsourced aspects of our infrastructure to third-party providers, and we currently use these providers to host and stream content and support our platform. For example, our content delivery networks and some of our integration services are provided by third parties, and we plan to continue our transition to a hybrid public/private cloud infrastructure in the future. Accordingly, we are vulnerable to service interruptions experienced by these providers, and we expect to experience interruptions, delays, or outages in service availability in the future due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human, hardware or software errors, hosting disruptions, and capacity constraints. We expect that transitioning to a more hybrid cloud infrastructure will require significant investment and have a continuing effect on our cost of revenue and may not be effective in improving our capacity or redundancy. Outages and capacity constraints could also arise from a number of causes such as technical failures, natural disasters, fraud, or security attacks. The level of service provided by these providers, or regular or prolonged interruptions in that service, could also affect the use of, and our customers’ satisfaction with, our solutions and could harm our business and reputation. In addition, third-party costs will increase as subscriptions and customer use of our platform grows, which could harm our business if we are unable to grow our revenue faster than the cost of using these services or the services of similar providers.

Furthermore, our providers may change the terms of service and policies pursuant to which they provide services to us, and those actions may be unfavorable to our business operations. Our providers may also take actions beyond our control that could seriously harm our business, including discontinuing or limiting our access to one or more services, increasing pricing terms, terminating or seeking to terminate our contractual relationship altogether, or altering how we are able to process data in a way that is unfavorable or costly to us. For example, some businesses providing data connectors to our products may fail to properly integrate with our platform and third-party sales and marketing systems, stop servicing the data connectors or cease development and support, any of which may limit functionality of our products. In addition, some businesses that provide cloud services and data connectors are or may become our competitors and may take one or more of the foregoing actions in an effort to compete with our platform. Although we expect that we could obtain similar services from other third parties, if our arrangements with our current providers were terminated, we could experience interruptions on our platform and in our ability to make our content available to customers, as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging for alternative cloud infrastructure services.

Any of these factors could cause network disruptions, or even network failure, reduce our revenue, subject us to liability, and cause our customers to decline to renew their subscriptions, any of which could harm our business.

Interruptions, delays or outages in service from the data centers we use for our technology or infrastructure could impair the delivery and the functionality of our solutions, which may harm our business.

Our growth, brand, reputation and ability to attract and retain customers depend in part on the ability of our customers to access our platform at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. We currently use data centers in Colorado and California. To facilitate additional growth in Europe, we plan to use a data center in the European Union, or the EU, but we do not expect it to be available until

 

19


Table of Contents

at least mid-2021, if ever. Our efforts to diversify our data centers, including internationally, may not be successful. While each of our two data centers provide fully redundant processing, we estimate that failover may require as much as 90 minutes to complete, during which time our platform may not be fully available to our customers in the event of catastrophic failure at one of our data centers. We do not control the operation of the data centers we use, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, natural disasters, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events, any of which could disrupt our service. In the event of significant physical damage to one of these data centers, it may take a significant period of time to achieve full resumption of our platform, and our disaster recovery planning may not account for all eventualities.

In addition, our platform is proprietary, and we depend on the expertise and efforts of members of our operations and software development teams for its continued performance. Our ability to retain, attract, hire and train staff in these groups may prove to be a challenge for a variety of factors and could have an adverse impact on the platform. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, service disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our platform concurrently and denial-of-service attacks by malicious actors. In some instances, we may not be able to rectify these performance issues within an acceptable period of time.

Our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide our customers and their users with a highly reliable platform. If our platform is unavailable or if our customers and their users are unable to access our platform within a reasonable amount of time, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. Additionally, if the data centers we use are unable to keep up with our increasing need for capacity, our customers may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our business.

Any cybersecurity-related attack, significant data breach or disruption of the information technology systems or networks on which we rely could negatively affect our business.

Our operations rely on information technology systems for the use, storage and transmission of sensitive and confidential information with respect to our customers, our customers’ users, third-party technology platforms and our employees. In addition, our solutions gather more information from our customers and their users than many competing products, which may make us an attractive target for a malicious cybersecurity-related attack, intrusion or disruption, or other breach of our systems. Any such event could lead to unauthorized access to, use of, disclosure of or the loss of sensitive and confidential information, disruption of our platform, and resulting regulatory enforcement actions, litigation, indemnity obligations and other possible liabilities, as well as negative publicity, any of which could damage our reputation, impair sales and harm our business. Cyberattacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase, and cloud-based providers of products and services have been and are expected to continue to be targeted. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), phishing, employee theft or misuse and denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks (including advanced persistent threat intrusions). As we grow, we may face increased risk of any such attacks. Despite efforts to create security barriers to such threats, it is not feasible, as a practical matter, for us to entirely mitigate these risks. If our security measures are compromised as a result of third-party action, employee, customer, or user error, malfeasance, stolen or fraudulently obtained log-in credentials or otherwise, our reputation would be damaged, our data, information or intellectual property, or those of our customers, may be destroyed, stolen or otherwise compromised, our business may be harmed and we could incur significant liability. We may be unable in the future to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or compromise of our systems because they change frequently and are generally not detected until after an incident has occurred. We may not be

 

20


Table of Contents

able to prevent vulnerabilities in our software or address vulnerabilities that we may become aware of in the future. Further, as we rely on third-party cloud infrastructure, we depend in part on third-party security measures to protect against unauthorized access, cyberattacks and the mishandling of data and information.

Any cybersecurity event, including any vulnerability in our software, cyberattack, intrusion or disruption, could result in significant increases in costs, including costs for remediating the effects of such an event, lost revenue due to network downtime, a decrease in customer and user trust, increases in insurance premiums due to cybersecurity incidents, increased costs to address cybersecurity issues and attempts to prevent future incidents, and harm to our business and our reputation because of any such incident. In addition, such incidents and data breaches can give rise to penalties and fines under data protection and cybersecurity laws, rules and regulations, enforcement actions, contractual damages, class actions, customer audits and other liability.

Many jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to provide notice of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. Under some of these laws, such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, data breach is defined very broadly to include any accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure of, or access to any personal data, regardless of the sensitivity of such data. In addition, certain platform information may be made available via unique links to publicly accessible webpages, which could be accessed by unauthorized individuals. While the information accessible via these pages is limited, it is possible that a regulator, customer or third party could view this negatively, in particular in light of the broad definition of personal data and data breach under certain laws. In addition, we have contractual obligations to notify our customers of any data breaches involving their personal data processed by us.

Any limitation of liability provisions in our subscription agreements may not be enforceable or adequate or may not otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any claim related to a cybersecurity incident. Our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims. The insurer may deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, would harm our business.

Further, security compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers or by us may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively affect our ability to attract new customers, encourage consumers to restrict the sharing of their personal data with our customers or social media networks, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could harm our business.

We may not be able to respond to rapid technological changes, extend our platform or develop new features.

The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new product and service introductions. Our ability to attract new customers and retain and expand the usage of existing customers depends on our ability to continue to enhance and improve our platform, to introduce new features and solutions and to interoperate across an increasing range of devices, operating systems and third-party applications. Our customers may require features and capabilities that our current platform does not have. We invest significantly in research and development, focusing on improving the quality and range of our product offerings. Our enhancements to our platform and our new product experiences, features or capabilities may not be compelling to our existing or potential customers and may not gain market acceptance. If our research and development investments do not

 

21


Table of Contents

accurately anticipate customer demand, or if we fail to develop our platform in a manner that satisfies customer preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner, we may fail to retain our existing customers or increase demand for our platform.

The introduction of competing products and services or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing offerings could make our platform obsolete or adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We may experience difficulties with software development, design or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction, or implementation of new product experiences, features, or capabilities. New product experiences, features or capabilities may not be released according to schedule. Any delays could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenue or market acceptance, or claims by customers brought against us, all of which could harm our business. If customers do not widely adopt our new product experiences, features and capabilities, we may not be able to realize a return on our investment. If we are unable to develop, license or acquire new features and capabilities to our platform on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if such enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, our business would be harmed.

Our sales cycle with enterprise customers can be long and unpredictable.

A substantial portion of our business is with large enterprise customers. As of September 30, 2020, we had 271 $100k Customers, which are generally large organizations, representing 66% of our ARR. The timing of our sales with our enterprise customers and related revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and uncertainty of the sales cycle for these customers. We are often required to spend significant time and resources to educate and familiarize these potential customers with the value proposition of paying for our platform. The length of our sales cycle for these customers, from initial evaluation to payment for our platform, is often around three to six months or more and can vary substantially from customer to customer. As a result, it is difficult to predict whether and when a sale will be completed. An inability to increase our enterprise customer base could harm our business.

We are continuing to expand our operations outside the United States, where we may be subject to increased business and economic risks that could harm our business.

In the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated revenue from customers in more than 40 countries, with 21% of our revenue generated from customers outside of the United States. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated revenue from customers in more than 40 countries, with 23% of our revenue generated from customers outside of the United States. We expect to continue to expand our international operations. For example, we recently established a subsidiary in Japan to support our operations in the Asia-Pacific region. Our efforts to expand our current international operations, including entering new markets or countries, may not be effective. For example, we may not be able to expand further in some markets if we are not able to satisfy certain government- and industry-specific requirements. In addition, our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally in the future may require considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, legal and regulatory systems and commercial markets. Future international expansion will require investment of significant funds and other resources. Operating internationally subjects us to special risks, including risks associated with:

 

   

recruiting and retaining talented and capable employees outside the United States and maintaining our company culture across all of our offices;

 

   

providing our platform and operating our business across a significant distance, in different languages and among different cultures, including the potential need to modify our platform and features to ensure that they are culturally appropriate and relevant in different countries;

 

   

determining the appropriate pricing strategy to enable us to compete effectively internationally, which may be different than the pricing strategies that have worked for us in the United States;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

compliance with applicable international laws and regulations, including laws and regulations with respect to privacy, data protection and marketing, and the risk of penalties to us and individual members of management or employees if our practices are deemed to be out of compliance;

 

   

management of an employee base in jurisdictions that may not give us the same employment and retention flexibility as does the United States;

 

   

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations including the proper classification of independent contractors and other contingent workers, differing employer/employee relationships, and local employment laws;

 

   

operating in jurisdictions that do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as does the United States and the practical enforcement of such intellectual property rights outside of the United States;

 

   

foreign government interference with our intellectual property that is developed outside of the United States, such as the risk that changes in foreign laws could restrict our ability to use our intellectual property outside of the jurisdiction in which we developed it;

 

   

integration with partners outside of the United States;

 

   

compliance by us and our business partners with anti-corruption laws, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory limitations on our ability to provide our platform in certain international markets;

 

   

foreign business restrictions, foreign exchange controls and similar laws that might require significant lead time in setting up operations in certain geographic territories and might prevent us from repatriating cash earned outside the United States;

 

   

political and economic instability;

 

   

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, including the imposition of new trade restrictions, trade protection measures, import or export requirements, trade embargoes and other trade barriers;

 

   

generally longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

double taxation of our international earnings and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in the income and other tax laws of the United States or the international jurisdictions in which we operate; and

 

   

higher costs of doing business internationally, including increased accounting, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs.

Compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our global operations substantially increases our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in laws and regulations in each jurisdiction as they occur. Our policies and procedures designed to support compliance with these laws and regulations may not always result in our compliance or that of our employees, contractors, partners and agents. Any violations could result in enforcement actions, fines, civil and criminal penalties, damages, injunctions or reputational harm. If we are unable to comply with these laws and regulations or manage the complexity of our global operations successfully, we may need to relocate or cease operations in certain foreign jurisdictions.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions to our platform over the terms of the subscriptions. Consequently, increases or decreases in new sales are generally not immediately reflected in our results of operations and may be difficult to discern.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions to our platform over the terms of the subscriptions. As a result, a substantial portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any single quarter may have a small impact on the revenue

 

23


Table of Contents

that we recognize for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and potential changes in our pricing policies or rate of customer expansion or retention may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. In addition, a significant portion of our costs are recognized as they are incurred, while revenue is recognized over the term of the subscription. As a result, growth in the number of new customers could continue to result in our recognition of higher costs and lower revenue in the earlier periods of such growth. Finally, our subscription-based revenue model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers or from existing customers that increase their usage of our product offerings must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.

Our ability to sell subscriptions to our products could be harmed by real or perceived material defects or errors in our platform or by other matters that may interrupt the availability of our platform or cause performance issues.

The software underlying our platform is inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when we first introduce new solutions or when we release new features or capabilities. We have from time to time found defects or errors in our platform, and we or our users may detect new defects or errors in our existing or future platform or solutions. Any real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our platform could result in negative publicity or lead to data security, access, retention or other performance issues, all of which could harm our business. We may incur substantial costs in correcting such defects or errors and such costs could harm our business. Moreover, the harm to our reputation and potential legal liability related to such defects or errors may be substantial and could harm our business.

Our platform also utilizes hardware that we purchase or lease and software and services that we procure from third parties. In some cases, this includes software we license from international companies that may in the future become subject to legal or regulatory limitations on their ability to provide software outside of their jurisdiction. Any defects in, or unavailability of, our third-party hardware, software or services that cause interruptions to the availability of our platform, loss of data or performance issues could, among other things:

 

   

cause a reduction in our revenue or a delay in market acceptance of our platform;

 

   

require us to issue refunds to our customers or expose us to claims for damages;

 

   

cause us to lose existing customers and make it more difficult to attract new customers;

 

   

divert our development resources or require us to make extensive changes to our platform, which would increase our expenses;

 

   

increase our technical support costs; and

 

   

harm our reputation and brand.

The contractual protections, such as warranty disclaimers and limitation of liability provisions, in our customer agreements may not fully or effectively protect us from claims by customers or other third parties. Any insurance coverage we may have may not adequately cover all claims asserted against us or may only cover a portion of such claims. A successful product liability, warranty, or other similar claim against us could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in our expenditure of funds in litigation and divert management’s time and other resources.

 

24


Table of Contents

The experience of our customers and their users depends upon the interoperability of our platform across devices, operating systems and third-party applications that we do not control, and if we are not able to maintain and expand our relationships with third parties in order to integrate our platform with their products, our business may be harmed.

Our products have broad interoperability with a range of diverse devices, operating systems and third-party applications. Our platform is accessible from the web and from devices running Windows, Mac OS, iOS and Android. We depend on the accessibility of our platform across these and other third-party operating systems and applications that we do not control. For example, given the broad adoption of Salesforce’s products, it is important that we are able to integrate with its software. Several potential competitors have inherent advantages by being able to develop products and services internally that more tightly integrate with their own software platforms or those of their business partners.

We may not be able to modify our platform or products to maintain their continued compatibility with that of third parties’ products and services that are constantly evolving. In addition, some of our competitors may be able to disrupt the ability of our platform and products to operate with their products or services, or they could exert strong business influence on our ability to, and the terms on which we, operate and provide access to our platform and products. Should any of these third parties modify their products or services in a manner that degrades the functionality of our platform or products, or that gives preferential treatment to their own or competitive products or services, whether to enhance their competitive position or for any other reason, the interoperability of our platform and products with these third-party products and services could decrease and our business could be harmed.

Our business depends on a strong brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our base of users will be impaired and our business will be harmed.

We believe that our brand identity and awareness have contributed to our success. We believe that the importance of our brand and market awareness of the benefits of our platform and products will increase as competition in our market further intensifies. Successful promotion of our brand will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, thought leadership, our ability to provide a high-quality, reliable and cost-effective platform, the perceived value of our platform and products and our ability to provide quality customer success and support experience. Brand promotion activities require us to make substantial investments. The promotion of our brand, however, may not generate customer awareness or increase revenue, and any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building and maintaining our brand.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at a similar rate, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Not every organization covered by our market opportunity estimates will necessarily purchase subscriptions for our solutions or similar products or services at all, and some or many of those organizations may choose to continue using products or services offered by our competitors. It is impossible to build every product feature that every customer wants, and our competitors may develop and offer features that our platform does not provide. The variables used in the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of the organizations covered by our market opportunity estimates will generate any particular level of revenue for us, if any. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasts in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow for a variety of reasons outside of our control, including competition in our industry, customer

 

25


Table of Contents

preferences or the other risks set forth in this prospectus. If any of these risks materialize, it could harm our business and prospects.

Our business may be significantly impacted by a change in the economy, including any resulting effect on business spending.

Our business may be affected by changes in the economy generally, including any resulting effect on spending by our customers. While some of our customers may consider our platform to be a cost-saving purchase by, among other things, decreasing the need for large, in-person events, others may view a subscription to our platform as a discretionary purchase, and such customers may reduce their discretionary spending on our platform during an economic downturn. Particularly in light of COVID-19, some of our customers may experience reduced revenue and revised budgets, which may adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase subscriptions to our platform, the timing of subscriptions, and the value or duration of subscriptions, all of which could adversely affect our operating results. If an economic downturn were to occur, we may experience such a reduction in demand and loss of customers, especially in the event of a prolonged recessionary period.

If we were to lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer or other members of our senior management team, we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

Our success depends in a large part upon the continued service of key members of our senior management team. In particular, our co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Sharat Sharan, is critical to our overall management, as well as the continued development of our solutions, our culture, our strategic direction, our engineering and our operations. All of our executive officers are at-will employees, and we do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. The loss of any member of our senior management team could harm our business.

The failure to attract and retain additional qualified personnel could harm our business and culture and prevent us from executing our business strategy.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for executives, software developers, sales personnel and other key employees in our industry is intense. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing software for live engagement technologies, as well as for skilled sales and operations professionals. At times, we have experienced, and we may continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications, and we may not be able to fill positions. Circumstances relating to COVID-19 may create increased demand for personnel with experience in live engagement technology, which may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified personnel. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business could be harmed.

Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have, and some of these companies may offer greater compensation packages. Particularly, in the San Francisco Bay Area, job candidates and existing employees carefully consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, or if the mix of equity and cash compensation that we offer is unattractive, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. Job candidates may also be threatened with legal action under agreements with their existing employers if we attempt to hire them, which could impact hiring and result in a diversion of our time and resources. Additionally, laws and regulations, such as restrictive immigration laws, may limit our ability to recruit internationally. We must also continue to retain and motivate existing employees through our compensation practices, company culture and career development opportunities. If we fail to attract new personnel or to retain our current personnel, our business would be harmed.

 

26


Table of Contents

In addition, many of our employees may be able to receive significant proceeds from sales of our equity in the public markets after our initial public offering, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us. Moreover, this offering could create disparities in wealth among our employees, which may harm our culture and relations among employees and our business.

We may not successfully manage our growth or plan for future growth.

We have experienced rapid growth in 2020. The growth and expansion of our business places a continuous, significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. Our information technology systems and our internal controls and procedures may not adequately keep pace with our growth. In addition, as we continue to grow, we face challenges of integrating, developing and motivating a rapidly growing employee base in various countries around the world. Certain members of our management do not have experience managing a public company, which may affect how they manage our growth. Managing our growth will also require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources.

In addition, our rapid growth in 2020 may make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects. Our ability to forecast our future results of operations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to effectively plan for and model future growth. We have encountered in the past, and may encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as it grows, or if we are not able to accurately forecast future growth, our business would be harmed.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and, if our remediation of this material weakness is not effective, or if we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our ability to produce accurate and timely consolidated financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness related to a lack of resources necessary to operate controls in a timely manner and with sufficient precision, primarily relating to recording revenue, which require greater automation and changes to design so that controls operate with satisfactory precision.

The material weakness resulted in errors in our 2018 and 2019 consolidated financial statements related primarily to revenue recorded in connection with our previous revenue model. Prior to our current cloud-based subscription model, we generated revenue from our Webcast Center offering, or our Legacy offering, which mainly consisted of fully managed events and associated services for which we recognize revenue at a point in time as events occur. We concluded that the errors relating to revenue recorded in 2018 and 2019 were immaterial individually and in the aggregate. In connection with shifting to our current data-driven, cloud-based subscription model, we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and to all customers in 2020, and we expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020. We believe that this transition will substantially limit the potential for the recurrence of the errors impacting revenue that resulted from the material weakness. The material weakness also resulted in errors in accounting for the classification of our convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock on our consolidated balance sheet, which have since been corrected. In addition, we made certain corrections in recording professional services revenue, which

 

27


Table of Contents

were reflected in our financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 prior to those financial statements being issued.

We are taking several steps designed to address the underlying cause of the material weakness, including adding additional resources to enhance our internal controls over financial reporting, implementing enhanced processes and review controls for the manual processes involved in our revenue recognition, and transitioning to new and more automated processes for capturing and recording revenue transactions. We cannot be certain that the measures we are taking will remediate the material weakness we have identified. We also cannot be certain that we have identified all existing material weaknesses or that we will not in the future have additional material weaknesses.

Our current efforts to maintain an effective control environment may not be sufficient to prevent future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies from occurring or to promptly remediate any such future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies. If the material weakness we have identified is not remediated, or if we have or in the future identify additional material weaknesses, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our financial results, which may result in litigation or regulatory action, a loss of investor confidence, restricted access to the capital markets and declines in the price of our common stock.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of the NYSE. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. In addition, changes in accounting principles or interpretations could also challenge our internal controls and require that we establish new business processes, systems and controls to accommodate such changes. We have limited experience with implementing the systems and controls that will be necessary to operate as a public company, as well as adopting changes in accounting principles or interpretations mandated by the relevant regulatory bodies. Additionally, if these new systems, controls or standards and the associated process changes do not give rise to the benefits that we expect or do not operate as intended, it could adversely affect our financial reporting systems and processes, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial reports or the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Moreover, our business may be harmed if we experience problems with any new systems and controls that result in delays in their implementation or increased costs to correct any post-implementation issues that may arise.

 

28


Table of Contents

Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our business or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report filed with the SEC where we are an accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer, which will not occur until at least our second annual report on Form 10-K. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could harm our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

Any failure to offer high-quality support may harm our relationships with our customers and, consequently, our business.

We have designed our platform to be easy to adopt and use with minimal support. However, if we experience increased demand for support, we may face increased support costs. In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and support our global customer base, we must continue to provide efficient support that meets our customers’ needs, including by integrating with or building solutions that allow streamlined support workflows, or by hiring additional support personnel if necessary. Our ability to acquire new customers significantly depends on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain, or a market perception that we do not maintain, high-quality support could harm our business.

Our business could be disrupted by catastrophic events.

Occurrence of any catastrophic event, including pandemics and a worsening of the COVID-19 pandemic, earthquake, fire, flood, tsunami or other weather event, power loss, telecommunications failure, software or hardware malfunctions, cyberattacks, war or terrorist attacks, could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. In particular, our U.S. headquarters and one of the data centers we utilize are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity, and our insurance coverage may not compensate us for losses that may occur in the event of an earthquake or other significant natural disaster. In addition, acts of terrorism could cause disruptions to the internet, the electric grid or the economy as a whole. Even with our disaster recovery arrangements, our service could be interrupted. If our systems were to fail or be negatively impacted as a result of a natural disaster or other catastrophic event, our ability to deliver our solutions to our customers would be impaired or we could lose critical data. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate during and after a disaster and to execute successfully on those plans in the event of a disaster or emergency, our business could be harmed.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our actual or perceived failure to comply with privacy laws could harm our business.

Businesses use our platform to facilitate better engagement with their customers and prospects, derive insights about content and usage, and provide more meaningful and targeted experiences and content. These capabilities rely on collection and processing of personal information through our platform. As a result, compliance with laws and regulations regarding data privacy, cybersecurity, data protection, data breaches, and the collection, processing, storage, transfer and use of personal data, which we collectively refer to as privacy laws, are critical to our business. While we strive to comply with applicable privacy laws and legal obligations, the impact, requirements and enforcement risks associated with privacy laws vary, and in some cases may even conflict, across jurisdictions.

Our roles and obligations under privacy laws, and consequently our potential liability, may vary. In some cases, our customers may pass through privacy law compliance obligations and requirements to us contractually. We have customers in numerous jurisdictions worldwide, and our customers may try to impose broad obligations on us pursuant to all privacy laws applicable to them and may decide not to do business with us if we will not agree to their privacy terms. Certain significant privacy laws (such as the GDPR) impose obligations directly on many of our customers, as “data controllers,” as well as on us both as a “data processor” for personal data processed on behalf of our customers pursuant to our platform, which we refer to as the platform personal data, and as a “controller” for the personal data we collect related to employees and personnel, our B2B relationships, and our marketing, sales and other activities, which we refer to as the ON24 business data. Under these privacy laws, we typically have fewer direct obligations as a “data processor” or “service provider” than our customers do, with respect to platform personal data. However, we can still be subject to significant liability for noncompliance with such laws, including, for example, under the GDPR, which provides for penalties of up to the greater of 20 million or four percent of worldwide annual revenue. Certain other privacy laws do not clearly distinguish between “controller” and “processor” or similar roles. Where such privacy laws apply, we could be subject to increased risks if our customers fail to comply with notice, consent and other requirements under applicable privacy laws in their use of our platform. While we generally require and rely on our customers to ensure that their use of our platform and associated personal information processing complies with applicable privacy laws, our customers could fail to comply with these requirements, which could expose us to risks under certain privacy laws.

Further, even similar privacy laws may be subject to evolving or differing interpretations and enforcement risks. For example, across the EU, supervisory authorities of EU member states may issue data protection guidance and opinions regarding the GDPR that may vary. Also, under the current ePrivacy Directive and associated EU member state legislation, the rules governing marketing, “cookies” and online advertising vary among EU member states. In addition, across jurisdictions, privacy laws may include varied and inconsistent requirements. As a result, certain features of our platform and products could pose risks or need to be modified for certain jurisdictions, but not for others. Such requirements could reduce demand for our products, require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, store, transfer and process data or, in some cases, impact our customers’ use of our platform.

Furthermore, general customer and buyer trust as to the responsible use of data may cause business buyers to resist providing the data necessary to allow our customers to use our platform effectively. Even the perception that the privacy and security of personal information are not satisfactorily protected or do not meet regulatory requirements could inhibit sales of our products or services and limit adoption of our products.

Evolving privacy laws may impact use and adoption of our platform and adversely affect our business.

Laws and regulations related to privacy, personal data and the provision of services over the Internet are evolving in the United States and globally, with the adoption of new and amended privacy

 

30


Table of Contents

laws. The impact, requirements and enforcement risks associated with these privacy laws vary, and in some cases may even conflict, across jurisdictions.

In addition, new U.S. and international privacy laws may impose new obligations on us and many of our customers. Both in the United States and globally, numerous jurisdictions have passed or are actively considering new or amended privacy laws. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which took effect in January 2020, applies to us and to many our customers. Under the CCPA, we are both a “business,” as to the ON24 business data, and a “service provider,” as to the platform personal data. The CCPA introduced sweeping definitions and broad individual rights, and imposes substantial requirements and restrictions on the collection, use and disclosure of personal information. The CCPA also introduced a private right of action for certain data breaches, which gives rise to increased class action risk. Notably, since the CCPA was signed into law, it has been amended multiple times, has been subject to further implementing regulations, and may face further amendment, refinement or replacement.

As the CCPA continues to evolve, various U.S. states are also actively introducing and considering so-called “omnibus” privacy legislation. Similarly, numerous foreign jurisdictions are actively considering legislation introducing new or amended laws and regulations addressing data privacy, cybersecurity, marketing, data protection, data localization and personal data. Further, privacy laws such as the EU’s proposed e-Privacy Regulation are increasingly aimed at the use of personal information for marketing purposes and the tracking of individuals’ online activities, which could expose us to additional regulatory burdens, limit our marketing, advertising, business development and sales efforts, and impact features made available to our customers through our platform. In addition, Brexit has also created additional uncertainty with regard to UK privacy laws, as well as the treatment of data transfers to and from the United Kingdom, where we have operations and customers. The ongoing development of privacy laws gives rise to uncertainty regarding the impact of privacy laws on us and our customers, and we and our customers could be exposed to additional burdens.

In addition, decisions by courts and regulatory bodies relating to privacy laws can also have a significant impact on us and other businesses that operate across international jurisdictions. For example, in 2020 both the EU-U.S. and Swiss-EU privacy shield frameworks were invalidated. We and many other companies relied on these privacy shield frameworks as an “adequacy” mechanism for the transfer of personal data from the European Economic Area, or the EEA-Switzerland, to the United States in compliance with the GDPR and Swiss data protection laws, respectively. While we have taken measures to implement alternative adequacy mechanisms, such as the EU standard contractual clauses for transfers of personal data for processors established in third countries, further steps may be necessary. Under the decision invalidating the EU-U.S. privacy shield framework, or Schrems II, additional safeguards may be needed. Our customers may request that we agree to additional safeguards, such as additional security controls and contractual measures, which must be assessed on a case-by-case basis. However, what additional safeguards will be considered adequate remains unclear. We expect continued guidance from applicable authorities, as well as updates to the EU standard contractual clauses.

Other jurisdictions have also instituted specific requirements and restrictions on the cross-border transfer of personal data, and certain countries have passed or are considering passing data localization laws and regulations, which in some cases would require personal data be maintained in the originating jurisdiction and in other cases may prohibit such personal data from being transferred outside of the originating jurisdiction. While our solutions allow customers to receive and store local copies of platform data on their or other third-party servers, we do not maintain local servers to enable customers to maintain personal data only on servers in the originating jurisdiction. As with most cloud-based solutions, restrictions on the transfer of platform data outside of the originating jurisdiction could pose particular challenges and result in additional costs or otherwise impact platform use.

 

31


Table of Contents

New and proposed marketing, advertising and other privacy laws and guidelines have recently been enacted or proposed that could impose more restrictions and give individuals more rights regarding marketing, targeting, and analytics or “profiling” activities. Some of these regulations seek, among other things, to give consumers greater control over how their personal information is processed for these purposes, or impose prior, affirmative consent obligations on companies related to these activities. For example, in the EU, cookies and similar technologies used for personalization, advertising, and analytics may not be used without affirmative consent and the proposed ePrivacy Regulation may further restrict these activities and technologies and increase restrictions. These could require us to change one or more aspects of the way we operate our business, limit our marketing, advertising, business development and sales efforts, impact certain features made available to customers through our platform or require us to introduce changes to our platform or solutions.

Although we monitor the regulatory environment and have invested in addressing these developments, including the GDPR, the EU ePrivacy Directive and the CCPA, the ongoing development of privacy laws means that we cannot predict with certainty the impact of these developments. These evolving privacy laws may require us to make additional changes to our practices and services to enable us or our customers to meet the new legal requirements, and may also increase our potential liability exposure through new or higher potential penalties for non-compliance, including as a result of data breaches. In addition, many of our customers and potential customers in the healthcare, financial services and other industries are subject to substantial regulation regarding their collection, use and protection of data and may be the subject of further regulation in the future. These laws or other privacy law developments may change the way these customers do business and may require us to implement additional features or offer additional contractual terms to satisfy customer and regulatory requirements. As a result of these privacy law developments, certain features of our platform and products could pose risks or need to be modified for certain jurisdictions, but not for others. They also could cause the demand for and sales of our platform to decrease and adversely impact our financial results.

The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, privacy laws may limit the use and adoption of our platform, reduce overall demand for our platform, make it more difficult to meet expectations from or commitments to our customers and their users, require us to implement additional features or offer additional contractual terms to satisfy customer and regulatory requirements, lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for noncompliance, impact our reputation, or slow the pace at which we close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business. In addition, these laws raise additional enforcement and liability risks and penalties. For example, statutory damages available through a private right of action for certain data breaches under CCPA, and potentially other U.S. and international laws, may increase our and our customers’ potential liability. In some cases, violations of privacy laws can lead to government enforcement or private litigation and could subject us to civil and criminal sanctions, including both monetary fines and injunctive action that could force us to change our business practices, all of which could adversely affect our financial performance and harm our reputation and our business.

We are subject to export and import controls, customs, sanctions, embargo, and anti-boycott laws and regulations that could seriously impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Our platform and products are subject to various restrictions under U.S. export control and sanctions laws and regulations, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations, or EAR, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, as well as other U.S. government agencies. U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws include trade, commerce, and investment restrictions or prohibitions, including those on the sale, supply, import, or export of certain

 

32


Table of Contents

products and services to or from U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons and entities, and also require authorization for the export of certain encryption and other items. Parties that facilitate transactions that violate or otherwise seek to evade export controls or sanctions can face liability. Also, in certain circumstances, sanctions require U.S. persons to block or freeze the property of sanctioned persons.

U.S. export controls and sanctions are complex and vary according to specific programs administered by relevant government agencies. Each program can be tied to a specific country or policy initiative. In certain cases, parties can request the U.S. government to issue a license to allow certain transactions. However, the scope and substance of those licenses can be fact specific and limited in scope.

The United States currently imposes comprehensive sanctions on Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and the Crimea Region of Ukraine. In addition, numerous other countries throughout the world are subject to partial or limited sanctions and restrictions imposed by the U.S. government. Sanctions also apply to persons that appear on, or are majority owned by a person that appears on, OFAC’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, or the SDN List. The Department of Commerce and the Department of State also maintain their own sanctions and export control lists. The above list of countries that are the subject of U.S. sanctions and export controls can change at any time. In addition, the SDN List as well as other sanctions lists contain thousands of names and are updated on a regular basis. All of those changes can impact our business. The U.S. government generally applies a strict liability standard when it comes to compliance with sanctions, embargoes, and export controls. This means that we can face liability even if we did not intentionally violate those rules.

We are also subject to U.S. restrictions under the EAR and the Internal Revenue Code that prevent us from participating in boycotts imposed by other countries if those boycotts are not approved by the United States. Companies and individuals that violate these anti-boycott restrictions may face criminal consequences. In addition, companies that are asked to comply with such boycotts are obligated to report those requests to the U.S. government, even if they do not agree to abide by such boycotts.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption and other technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements and have enacted or could enact laws that could limit our ability to provide access to our platform. We maintain internal controls and procedures to facilitate compliance with applicable export control requirements, but our company is rapidly growing, has detected past filing issues, and in the future may face material noncompliance that we fail to detect. If any precautions we take fail to prevent our platform and products from being accessed or used in violation of such laws, we may face fines and penalties, reputational harm, loss of access to certain markets, or other harm to our business.

Changes in our platform or changes in export, sanctions and import laws may delay the introduction and sale of subscriptions to our platform in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from using our platform or, in some cases, prevent the access or use of our platform to and from certain countries, governments, persons or entities altogether. Further, any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations could result in decreased use of our platform or in our decreased ability to export or sell our platform to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell our platform would likely harm our business.

 

33


Table of Contents

We are subject to a variety of U.S. and non-U.S. laws and regulations, compliance with which could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets and non-compliance with which may result in claims, fines, penalties, and other consequences, all of which could adversely impact our operations, business, or performance.

As a service provider, we do not regularly monitor our platform to evaluate the legality of content shared on it by our customers. While to date we have not been subject to legal or administrative actions as a result of this content, the laws in this area are evolving and vary widely between jurisdictions. Accordingly, it may be possible that in the future we and our business partners may be subject to legal actions involving our customers’ content or use of our platform.

Our platform depends on the ability of our customers and their users to access the internet. If we fail to anticipate developments in the law, or we fail for any reason to comply with relevant law, our platform could be blocked or restricted, and we could be exposed to significant liability that could harm our business.

From time to time, we may be involved in disputes or regulatory inquiries that arise in the ordinary course of business involving labor and employment, wage and hour, commercial, securities or investment, intellectual property, data breach and other matters. We expect that the number and significance of these potential disputes may increase as our business expands and our company grows larger. Contractual provisions and insurance coverage may not cover potential claims and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liabilities we may face. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. Litigation is inherently unpredictable, and the results of any claims may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are an international company and may engage in business in jurisdictions that present material legal compliance risk. We are subject to various U.S. and non-U.S. laws and regulations prohibiting corruption, bribery, kickbacks, money laundering, terrorist financing, fraud and similar matters, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools to Restrict, Intercept, and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and the UK Proceeds of Crime Act 2002. These laws and regulations are actively enforced and generally prohibit companies and their agents, employees, representatives, business partners, and intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or accepting, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to or from government officials and other persons in the public or private sector for improper purposes.

We may engage resellers and other third parties from time to time to sell subscriptions to our solutions, obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals, or otherwise support our business or operations. Oftentimes, improper payments by these types of third parties can raise anti-corruption and other legal compliance risk for companies in our position. We also have direct and indirect interactions with officials and employees of U.S. and non-U.S. government agencies or government-affiliated organizations. These factors raise our legal risk exposure. There can be cases where enforcement authorities seek to hold us liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors, vendors, and other business partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities.

In addition to prohibiting bribery, the FCPA and other laws require us to maintain accurate and complete books and records and a system of internal controls. Enforcement agencies interpret these requirements very broadly and violations can occur if companies or their representatives knowingly or unknowingly conceal bribes or other fraudulent or illegal payments in their records or execute transactions or access company assets without management’s general or specific authorization. These

 

34


Table of Contents

requirements are so broad that in certain cases enforcement agencies may claim that violations are possible even if there is no evidence of bribery or corruption.

Our exposure for violating these laws increases as we continue to expand our domestic and international presence. If we fail to comply with those legal standards, we may face substantial civil and criminal fines, penalties, profit disgorgement, reputational harm, loss of access to certain markets, disbarment from government business, the loss of export privileges, tax reassessments, breach of contract, fraud and other litigation, reputational harm, and other collateral consequences that could harm our business.

We use open source software in our platform, which may subject us to litigation or other actions that could harm our business.

We use open source software in our platform, and we may use more open source software in the future. In the past, companies that have incorporated open source software into their products have faced claims challenging the ownership of open source software or compliance with open source license terms. Accordingly, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who use, distribute or make available across a network software or services that include open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software or make available any derivative works of the open source code on terms unfavorable to the developer or at no cost. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated open source software into software that we license from such provider, we could be required to disclose any of our source code that incorporates or is a modification of our licensed software. If we were to use open source software subject to such licenses, we could be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages, re-engineer our platform or solutions, discontinue sales, or take other remedial action, any of which could harm our business. In addition, if the license terms for updated or enhanced versions of the open source software we utilize change, we may be forced to expend substantial time and resources to re-engineer our components of our platform.

In addition, the use of third-party open source software typically exposes us to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software because open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the functionality or origin of the software. Use of open source software may also present additional security risks because the public availability of such software may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to determine how to compromise our platform. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours.

Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology infringes the intellectual property rights of others.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual and proprietary rights. Companies in the software industry are often required to defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Many of our competitors and other industry participants have been issued patents or have filed patent applications and may assert patent or other intellectual property rights within the industry. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. We may from time to time in the future become a party to litigation and disputes related to our intellectual property and our platform. The costs of supporting litigation and dispute resolution proceedings are considerable, and a favorable outcome may not be obtained. We may need to settle litigation and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us, or we may be subject to an unfavorable judgment that may not be reversible upon appeal. The terms of any settlement or judgment may

 

35


Table of Contents

require us to cease some or all of our operations or pay substantial amounts to the other party. Even if we were to prevail in such a litigation or dispute, it could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use. Claims of intellectual property infringement might require us to redesign our platform, delay releases, enter into costly settlement or license agreements or pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our platform. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar technology from another source, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted. Additionally, our customers may not purchase subscriptions to our platform if they are concerned that they may infringe third-party intellectual property rights. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business.

In our customer agreements, we agree to defend and hold our customers harmless against claims, demands, suits, or proceedings made or brought against them by a third party alleging that their use of our platform infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. Any existing limitations of liability provisions in our contracts may not be enforceable or adequate, and they may not otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. Our customers who are accused of intellectual property infringement may in the future seek indemnification from us. If we are required to defend our customers against, or hold them harmless from, infringement or other claims, our business may be disrupted, our management’s attention may be diverted, and our operating results and financial condition may suffer.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information could diminish our brand and other intangible assets.

We primarily rely and expect to continue to rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, domain name protections, trademarks and copyrights, as well as confidentiality, license and subscription agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In the United States and abroad, as of December 31, 2021, we had 14 issued patents and 25 pending patent applications. We make business decisions about when to seek patent protection for a particular technology and when to rely upon copyright or trade secret protection, and the approach we select may ultimately prove to be inadequate. Even in cases where we seek patent protection, the resulting patents may not effectively protect every significant feature of our solutions. In addition, we believe that the protection of our trademark rights is an important factor in product recognition, protecting our brand and maintaining goodwill. If we do not adequately protect our rights in our trademarks from infringement and unauthorized use, any goodwill that we have developed in those trademarks could be lost or impaired, which could harm our brand and our business. Third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our proprietary rights, third parties may challenge our proprietary rights, pending and future patent, trademark and copyright applications may not be approved, and we may not be able to prevent infringement without incurring substantial expense. We have also devoted substantial resources to the development of our proprietary technologies and related processes. In order to protect our proprietary technologies and processes, we rely in part on trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties. These agreements may not effectively protect our proprietary rights. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets, in which case we would not be able to assert trade secret rights, or may develop similar technologies and processes. Further, laws in certain jurisdictions may afford little or no trade secret protection, and any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the intellectual property laws in any countries in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. If the protection of our proprietary rights is inadequate to prevent use or appropriation by third parties, the value of our

 

36


Table of Contents

platform, brand and other intangible assets may be diminished, and competitors may be able to more effectively replicate our platform and its features. Any of these events would harm our business.

Our reported results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported results of operations and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change. For example, we recently adopted Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or Topic 606, utilizing the full retrospective method of adoption and ASC Topic 340, Other Assets and Deferred Costs, or Topic 340. The adoption of Topic 606 and Topic 340 changed the timing and manner in which we report our revenue and expenses, especially with respect to our sales commissions. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information. It is also difficult to predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies, any of which could harm our business.

We may acquire other companies, products and technologies, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business or dilute stockholder value.

We may in the future make acquisitions of other companies, products and technologies. We have limited experience in acquisitions. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, users or investors. In addition, we may not be able to integrate acquired businesses successfully or effectively manage the combined company following an acquisition. If we fail to successfully integrate our acquisitions, or the people or technologies associated with those acquisitions, into our company, the results of operations of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process will require significant time and resources, require significant attention from management and disrupt the ordinary functioning of our business, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully, which could harm our business. In addition, we may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology and accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges.

We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock. The sale of equity to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we incur more debt, it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also subject us to covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to flexibly operate our business.

We may need additional capital, which may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

Historically, we have funded our operations and capital expenditures primarily through equity issuances and cash generated from our operations. Although we currently anticipate that our existing cash and cash equivalents, net proceeds from this offering and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for the foreseeable future, we may require additional financing. We evaluate financing opportunities from time to time, and our ability to obtain financing will depend, among other things, on our development efforts, business plans, operating performance, levels of indebtedness and condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. Additional financing may not be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our common stock, including with respect to dividends and other distributions, and our stockholders may experience dilution.

 

37


Table of Contents

Covenants in our loan agreement governing our revolving line of credit may restrict our operations, and our failure to comply with these covenants may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are party to a Loan and Security Agreement with Comerica Bank, or the Revolving Credit Facility, which is secured by a security interest on substantially all of our assets and contains various restrictive covenants, including restrictions on our ability to dispose of our assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur other indebtedness, make investments and engage in transactions with our affiliates. Our Revolving Credit Facility also contains certain financial covenants. Our ability to meet these restrictive and financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control. Our Revolving Credit Facility provides that our breach or failure to satisfy certain covenants constitutes an event of default thereunder. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lender under our Revolving Credit Facility could elect to declare any future amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable, exercise the remedies of a secured party in respect of the secured interest on substantially all of our assets and terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. If we are unable to repay those amounts, our financial condition could be adversely affected.

We may incur substantially more indebtedness, which could adversely affect our business and limit our ability to expand our business or respond to changes, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations.

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, we had $22.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively, of outstanding indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility, and we may incur indebtedness in the future, including any additional borrowings available under our Revolving Credit Facility. Any substantial indebtedness, and the fact that a substantial portion of our cash flow from operating activities could be needed to make payments on this indebtedness, could have adverse consequences, including the following:

 

   

reducing the availability of our cash flow for our operations, capital expenditures, future business opportunities and other purposes;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate, which could place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have less debt;

 

   

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds; and

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions.

Our ability to borrow any funds needed to operate and expand our business will depend in part on our ability to generate cash. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities or if future borrowings, under our Revolving Credit Facility or otherwise, are not available to us in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs, our operating results, financial condition and ability to expand our business may be adversely affected.

Our results of operations, which are reported in U.S. dollars, could be adversely affected if currency exchange rates fluctuate substantially in the future.

We sell to customers globally and have international operations primarily in the United Kingdom, Australia, Singapore and Japan. As we continue to expand our international operations, we will become more exposed to the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Although the majority of our cash generated from revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, a small amount is denominated in foreign currencies, and our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 9% of our revenue and 14% of our expenses were denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, 9% and 11% of our revenue, respectively, and 14% and 19% of our

 

38


Table of Contents

expenses, respectively, were denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Because we conduct business in currencies other than U.S. dollars but report our results of operations in U.S. dollars, we also face remeasurement exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could hinder our ability to predict our future results and earnings and could materially impact our results of operations. We do not currently maintain a program to hedge exposures to non-U.S. dollar currencies.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $104.1 million of U.S. federal and $49.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, which will begin to expire in 2020 for federal and 2023 for state tax purposes. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use these net operating loss carryforwards before their expiration or at all. Under legislative changes made in December 2017, U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such net operating losses is limited. States may or may not adopt similar changes. In addition, the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credits may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, respectively, and similar provisions of state law. Under those sections of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or tax may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not completed a Section 382 assessment because we have not had an ownership change. However, we may experience ownership changes as a result of this offering or in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits is materially limited, it would harm our business by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

We may be subject to liabilities on past sales for taxes, surcharges and fees.

We currently collect and remit applicable sales tax in jurisdictions where we have determined, based on applicable laws and regulations, that sales of our platform are classified as taxable. We do not currently collect and remit other state and local excise, utility user and ad valorem taxes, fees or surcharges that may apply to our customers. We believe that we are not otherwise subject to, or required to collect, any additional taxes, fees or surcharges imposed by state and local jurisdictions because we do not have a sufficient physical presence or “nexus” in the relevant taxing jurisdiction or such taxes, fees, or surcharges do not apply to sales of our platform in the relevant taxing jurisdiction. However, there is uncertainty as to what constitutes sufficient physical presence or nexus for a state or local jurisdiction to levy taxes, fees and surcharges for sales made over the internet, and there is also uncertainty as to whether our characterization of our platform as not taxable in certain jurisdictions will be accepted by state and local taxing authorities. Additionally, we have not historically collected value-added tax, or VAT, or goods and services tax, or GST, on sales of our platform because we make all of our sales through our office in the United States, and we believe, based on information provided to us by our customers, that most of our sales are made to business customers.

Taxing authorities may challenge our position that we do not have sufficient nexus in a taxing jurisdiction or that our platform is not taxable in the jurisdiction and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to sales, use, telecommunications, VAT, GST and other taxes, which could result in increased tax liabilities for us or our customers, which could harm our business.

The application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, VAT, GST, business tax and gross receipt tax) to businesses that transact online, such as ours, is a complex and evolving area. Following

 

39


Table of Contents

the 2018 U.S. Supreme Court decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., states are now free to levy taxes on sales of goods and services based on an “economic nexus,” regardless of whether the seller has a physical presence in the state. As a result, it may be necessary to reevaluate whether our activities give rise to sales, use and other indirect taxes as a result of any nexus in those states in which we are not currently registered to collect and remit taxes. Additionally, we may need to assess our potential tax collection and remittance liabilities based on existing economic nexus laws’ dollar and transaction thresholds. The application of existing, new, or future laws, whether in the U.S. or internationally, could harm our business. There have been, and will continue to be, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various indirect tax requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.

We may have exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities, which could harm our business.

While to date we have not incurred significant income taxes in operating our business, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various jurisdictions outside of the United States. Our effective tax rate could fluctuate due to changes in the proportion of our earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates. Some jurisdictions may seek to impose incremental or new sales, use or other tax collection obligations on us. Our tax expense could also be impacted by changes in non-deductible expenses, changes in excess tax benefits of stock-based compensation, changes in the valuation of, or our ability to use, deferred tax assets and liabilities, the applicability of withholding taxes and effects from acquisitions.

The provision for taxes on our financial statements could also be impacted by changes in accounting principles, changes in U.S. federal, state or international tax laws applicable to corporate multinationals such as the recent legislation enacted in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States, other fundamental changes in law currently being considered by many countries and changes in taxing jurisdictions’ administrative interpretations, decisions, policies and positions.

We are subject to review and audit by U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax authorities. Such tax authorities may disagree with tax positions we take, and if any such tax authority were to successfully challenge any such position, our business could be harmed. We may also be subject to additional tax liabilities due to changes in non-income based taxes resulting from changes in federal, state or international tax laws, changes in taxing jurisdictions’ administrative interpretations, decisions, policies and positions, results of tax examinations, settlements or judicial decisions, changes in accounting principles, changes to our business operations, including acquisitions, as well as the evaluation of new information that results in a change to a tax position taken in a prior period.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ONTF”. However, an active trading market for our common stock may not develop on that exchange or elsewhere. Even if an active market is developed, it may not be sustained. Accordingly, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at a time or a price you consider desirable. Further, we may not continue to satisfy the continued listing standards of the NYSE. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards, we could be de-listed, which would have a material adverse effect on the liquidity and price of our common stock.

The trading price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline steeply and suddenly regardless of our operating performance, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined through negotiation between us and the underwriters. This price does not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be

 

40


Table of Contents

willing to buy and sell shares of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock as you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

 

   

the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

volatility in the trading prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders into the public markets, or anticipation of such sales, including if existing stockholders sell shares into the market when applicable “lock-up” periods end;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections, or our failure to meet those projections;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products, features, or services;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations, including as a result of reduced demand for our solutions;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

litigation involving us, our industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses, products, services or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

   

any significant change in our management; and

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets have affected and continue to affect the stock prices of many companies. Often, their stock prices have fluctuated in ways unrelated or disproportionate to their operating performance. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation against companies following periods of market volatility. Such securities litigation, if instituted against us, could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and seriously harm our business.

 

41


Table of Contents

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $                per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering and the repayment of our outstanding $22.4 million of indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, we have issued options to acquire our common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing our common stock in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

We will have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Investors may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy or could require us to raise additional capital. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following the closing of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Based on shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction or further registration, in the public market immediately after the offering, as well as any shares held by persons who are not our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and who have complied with the

 

42


Table of Contents

holding period requirements of Rule 144. All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all the shares of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our capital stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our capital stock during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, or the lock-up period, subject to specified exceptions; provided, that such lock-up period will end with respect to 20% of the shares subject to each lock-up agreement if at any time beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus (1) we have filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K and (2) the last reported closing price of our common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our common stock for 10 out of any 15 consecutive trading days, including the last day, ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus; and provided further that, if such early release date occurs within a trading black-out period under our insider trading policy, (i) the above referenced early release will be delayed until immediately prior to the opening of trading on the second trading day following the date on which we next publicly announce operating results for the previous fiscal quarter and (ii) no early release will occur unless the last reported closing price of our common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our common stock on the first trading day following that public announcement. In addition, we may elect that no early release will occur, and we will publicly announce such decision at least two trading days prior to the scheduled early release date by press release or on a Form 8-K filed with the SEC. We and the underwriters may permit certain stockholders who are subject to these market standoff agreements or lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” After the end of the lock-up period, all 38,311,103 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 will become eligible for sale, of which 16,556,039 shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144.

In addition, as of September 30, 2020, there were 9,571,814 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options. We intend to register all of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and upon exercise or settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options are exercised, subject to the market standoff and lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Holders of 31,748,142 shares of our outstanding common stock as of September 30, 2020, including shares issuable upon the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and settlement of an outstanding RSU, have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file on our behalf or for other stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our management and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of December 31, 2020, our executive officers, directors and five percent or greater stockholders and their respective affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 74.6% of our outstanding common stock on an as converted basis and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately                % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, after this offering, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to control the management and affairs of our company and most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and approval of any merger, sale of substantially all our assets or other significant corporate transactions. This

 

43


Table of Contents

concentration of ownership may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you or other stockholders may feel are in your or their best interest as one of our stockholders.

Provisions in our organizational documents and certain rules imposed by regulatory authorities may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will contain several provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions, which may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest, or other transaction that stockholders may consider favorable, include the following:

 

   

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

   

provisions limiting our stockholders’ ability to call special meetings of stockholders and to take action by written consent;

 

   

restrictions on business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

   

in certain cases, the approval of holders representing at least 66.7% of the total voting power of the shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be required for stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal our Bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, including those relating to who may call special meetings of our stockholders, our stockholders’ ability to act by written consent, our board of directors (including the removal of one or more directors), indemnification of our directors and officers and exculpation of our directors, supermajority voting, amendments to our Bylaws and the exclusive forum for litigating specified matters;

 

   

no cumulative voting;

 

   

the required approval of holders representing at least 66.7% of the total voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors; and

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used, among other things, to institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our governing body.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware and our Certificate of Incorporation will not contain a provision opting out Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203, which prohibit a person, individually or as a group, who owns, or owned in the preceding three years, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

The terms of our authorized preferred stock selected by our Board at any point could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of holders of our common stock without any further vote or action by the stockholders. As a result, the rights of holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued by us in the future, which could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Any provision of our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or Delaware corporate law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit opportunities for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of common stock, and could also reduce the price that investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

The provision of our Certificate of Incorporation designating the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forums for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our Certificate of Incorporation, as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, agent or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. It will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The exclusive forum clauses described above shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the exclusive forum provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation.

Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of applicable law in the types of lawsuits to which they apply, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers and may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings and there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, in particular with respect to causes of action arising under the Securities Act. In addition, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. It is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. If so, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our common stock market price and trading volume could decline if securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business or our market, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations or any financial guidance we may provide.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our competitors and our market. The analysts’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish

 

45


Table of Contents

inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our securities would likely decline. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our securities could decrease, which might cause the price and trading volume of our common stock to decline. In addition, if we do not meet any financial guidance that we may provide to the public or if we do not meet expectations of securities analysts or investors, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly.

We will incur increased costs and impose additional demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States, which may harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. We will also need to continue developing our investor relations function. If, notwithstanding our efforts, we fail to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events would also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, being required to provide fewer years of audited financial statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We intend to take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

 

46


Table of Contents

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that have opted out of using such extended transition period. Our consolidated financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of the effective dates applicable to public companies.

Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we intend to rely on these exemptions, which may result in a less active trading market, increased volatility, or lower market prices for our common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not plan to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our Revolving Credit Facility. As a result, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “would,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements relating to our future financial performance, our business prospects and strategy, our market opportunity and the potential growth of that market, our anticipated financial position, our liquidity and capital needs and other similar matters. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.

Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus as a result of various factors, including, among others:

 

   

our ability to sustain our recent revenue growth rate in the future, attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers;

 

   

fluctuation in our performance, our history of net losses and expected increases in our expenses;

 

   

competition and technological development in our markets and any decline in demand for our solutions or generally in our markets;

 

   

our ability to expand our sales and marketing capabilities and otherwise manage our growth;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

disruptions, interruptions, outages or other issues with our technology or our use of third-party services, data connectors and data centers;

 

   

any cybersecurity-related attack, significant data breach or disruption of the information technology systems or networks on which we rely;

 

   

our sales cycle, our international expansion and our timing of revenue recognition from our sales;

 

   

interoperability with other devices, systems and applications;

 

   

compliance with data privacy, import and export controls, customs, sanctions and other laws and regulations;

 

   

intellectual property matters, including any infringements of third-party intellectual property rights by us or infringement of our intellectual property rights by third parties; and

 

   

the market for, trading price of and other matters associated with our common stock.

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Furthermore,

 

48


Table of Contents

new risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

 

49


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

We use market and industry data, forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus. We have obtained certain market and industry data from publicly available industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on historical market data, and there is no assurance that any of the forecasts or projected amounts will be achieved. The market and industry data used in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors, including the COVID-19 pandemic and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the estimates made by independent parties and by us. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that a third party using different methods to assemble, analyze or compute industry and market data would obtain the same results.

The source of certain statistical data, estimates and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

Bloomberg, Equity Screen by 2019 Revenue, October 2020 (used by us to determine the five largest U.S. banks by 2019 revenue).

Fortune, 2020 Global 500, August 2020 (used by us to determine the five largest global technology, healthcare and industrial companies by 2019 revenue).

McKinsey & Company, How B2B Sales Have Changed During COVID-19, July 2020.

Forrester, Welcome to the B2B Marketing Renaissance, January 2019.

Epsilon, New Epsilon Research Indicates 80% of Consumers are More Likely to Make a Purchase when Brands Offer Personalized Experiences, January 2018.

Trustwave, 2020 Trustwave Global Security Report, April 2020.

Gartner, The Annual CMO Spend Survey Research, June 2020 (used in reference to estimates of certain marketing budget metrics and expectations within our markets).

Gartner, Future of Sales 2025: Why B2B Sales Needs a Digital-First Approach, September 2020 (used in reference to estimates of the percentage of B2B sales interactions expected to occur using digital channels by 2025).

Grand View Research, Digital Marketing Software Market Size Worth $151.8 Billion by 2027, April 2020.

 

50


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $                million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to be received by us will be approximately $                million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We expect to use approximately $22.4 million of the net proceeds to repay outstanding indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The terms of our Revolving Credit Facility, including the interest rate and maturity thereof, are described in detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Debt Obligations—Revolving Credit Facility.” We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments to enter into any material acquisitions or investments at this time. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As a result, our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgement of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

51


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not plan to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our Revolving Credit Facility.

 

52


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and our capitalization as of September 30, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2020 into 27,227,466 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that vests in connection with this offering and approximately $0.5 million in additional stock-based compensation expense in connection with the settlement of such restricted stock unit, and (3) the filing of our Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the pro forma items described immediately above, (2) our issuance and sale of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (3) the repayment of our outstanding $22.4 million of indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 52,739      $ 52,739      $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 24,635      $ 24,635      $ 2,285  

Convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 21,699,945 shares authorized, 21,683,548 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     83,857                

Redeemable convertible Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 5,543,918 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     70,000                

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. No shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                    

 

53


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 50,000,000 shares authorized and 10,742,141 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1       4    

Additional paid-in capital

     25,599       179,926    

Accumulated deficit

     (180,768     (181,241  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     186       186    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (154,982     (1,125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 23,510     $ 23,510     $                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization and shares of common stock outstanding would be $    million, $    million, $    million, $    million and                shares, respectively.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 10,742,141 shares of our common stock and 27,227,466 shares of preferred stock (which will convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

9,571,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, having a weighted average exercise price of $2.52 per share;

 

   

                shares of common stock that will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan (which number includes                 shares remaining available for issuance under the 2014 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan upon its effectiveness); and

 

   

                shares of common stock that will become available for issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.

 

54


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock after this offering. As of September 30, 2020, we had a pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of $(1.1) million, or $(0.03) per share. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2020 into 27,227,466 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that vests in connection with this offering, and (3) the filing of our Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to the sale of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the repayment of our outstanding $22.4 million of indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2020 would have been approximately $                million, or approximately $                per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $                per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $                per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2020

   $ (0.03   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $                , and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $                , in each case assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $                per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $                per share, in each case assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

55


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and table assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be approximately $                per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $                 per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $                 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2020, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and to be paid by the new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of common stock of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average
price per share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  
                  (in thousands)               

Existing investors

     38,157,107                         $                                       $                        

New investors in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $          100                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be increased to                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 10,742,141 shares of our common stock and 27,227,466 shares of preferred stock (which will convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

9,571,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, having a weighted average exercise price of $2.52 per share;

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan (which number includes                shares remaining available for issuance under the 2014 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan upon its effectiveness); and

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.

To the extent any of the outstanding options are exercised or new options or other securities are issued under our equity incentive plans, you will experience further dilution as a new investor in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic

 

56


Table of Contents

considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Furthermore, we may choose to issue common stock as part or all of the consideration in acquisitions as part of our planned growth strategy. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present our selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, are derived from our annual consolidated financial statements. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state our financial position as of September 30, 2020, and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or any other period.

You should read this data together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information under the captions “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

   $      66,079     $      72,589     $      53,368     $      81,379  

Professional services

     16,529       16,544       11,825       22,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     82,608       89,133       65,193       103,655  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform(1)

     14,232       16,730       12,571       14,405  

Professional services(1)

     10,689       10,411       7,666       8,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,921       27,141       20,237       23,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,687       61,992       44,956       80,367  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing(1)

     46,980       47,773       35,460       40,495  

Research and development(1)

     14,343       15,730       11,660       13,272  

General and administrative(1)

     13,299       14,590       10,928       14,370  

Other gains from operations

     (850                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73,772       78,093       58,048       68,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,085     (16,101     (13,092     12,230  

Interest expense, net

     1,052       1,029       799       633  

Other expense, net

     256       42       134       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,393     (17,172     (14,025     11,371  

Provision for income taxes

     198       355       44       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

           (10,047     (7,547      

 

58


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

     (3,025     (4,774     (3,328     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (20,616   $ (32,348   $ (24,944   $ 7,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       9,755,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       13,417,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2018                      2019                      2019                      2020          
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and other platform

   $ 80      $ 97      $ 73      $ 78  

Professional services

     13        50        46        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     93        147        119        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

     633        915        454        450  

Research and development

     218        197        155        189  

General and administrative

     516        739        586        720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $         1,460      $         1,998      $         1,314      $         1,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Please refer to Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net income (loss) per share attributable to

 

59


Table of Contents
  common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of December 31,     As of September 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2020          
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

   (in thousands)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 8,945     $ 23,844     $ 52,739  

Working capital

     (20,645     (4,692     1,753  

Total assets

     34,706       68,536       134,210  

Deferred revenue

     35,050       44,441       87,195  

Long-term debt

     19,958       23,058       24,635  

Convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock

     83,845       83,857       83,857  

Redeemable convertible Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock

     35,000       70,000       70,000  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (157,960     (171,208     (154,982

Key Business Metrics

We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including our number of customers, ARR, NRR, and $100k Customers, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
Key Business Metrics:(1)    (dollars in thousands)  

Customers

     1,241       1,401       1,342       1,918  

ARR

   $ 61,249     $ 76,852     $ 69,997     $ 138,872  

NRR

     107     108     106     147

$100k Customers

     116       144       129       271  

 

(1)

We define a customer as a unique organization, including its subsidiaries and affiliates, that has entered into an agreement for paid access to our platform. We calculate ARR as the sum of the annualized value of our subscription contracts as of the measurement date, including existing customers with expired contracts that we expect to be renewed. We calculate NRR as of a specified period end by dividing current period ARR by prior period ARR, where prior period ARR is the ARR for all engagement platform customers as of twelve months prior to such period end, and current period ARR is the ARR for the same customers as of the specified period end. For additional information about our key business metrics, please see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics.”

 

60


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We provide a leading, cloud-based digital experience platform that enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences. Our platform’s portfolio of interactive, personalized and content-rich digital experience products creates and captures actionable, real-time data at scale from millions of professionals every month to provide businesses with buying signals and behavioral insights to efficiently convert prospects into customers.

Similar to what has taken place in the B2C market, our digital experience platform empowers B2B companies with insights to better personalize their engagement. Large social media platforms have been successful at leveraging experiences and insights of consumers on their platforms to enable B2C companies to effectively understand their potential consumers. While these have been effective in the B2C market, B2B companies often lack deep insights about prospective customers to effectively understand and engage them.

Businesses today primarily use automated solutions, such as digital advertising and email, for marketing. While these automated solutions reach large numbers of prospective customers, they have generally failed to deepen customer engagement because they were designed with the simple purpose of pushing marketing messages in one direction—from the business to the prospective customer. For businesses to succeed, we believe their sales and marketing strategies must evolve from the era of automation to the era of engagement. Our platform provides an innovative way both to scale digital marketing and deepen prospective customer engagement. We believe our opportunity to help businesses convert digital engagement into revenue will continue to grow as industries modernize their sales and marketing processes, which has been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic.

We sell subscriptions to our platform’s experience products that are backed by analytics and our ecosystem of third-party integrations. Before 2013, we offered services and licensed software for managing webinars and virtual events primarily on a per event basis. In 2013, we transitioned to be a software-as-a-service company with the release of ON24 Elite and ON24 Virtual Environment as cloud-based subscription products. Substantially all of our customers subscribe to ON24 Elite, which enables customers to seamlessly broadcast video-based content and drive real-time interactivity in a single immersive experience. Our customers can host multiple tracks of their webinar experiences as a large-scale virtual event experience using ON24 Virtual Environment.

In 2018, we launched two complementary experience products, ON24 Engagement Hub and ON24 Target, to provide our customers with a system for digital engagement, offering customers the ability to curate and disseminate rich, multimedia content experiences. In addition to our product, we also provide professional services such as experience management, monitoring and premium support services, which provide the opportunity for recurring revenue, as well as implementation and other services.

 

61


Table of Contents

We deliver our platform products as cloud-based subscriptions that are easy to use and purpose-built for sales and marketing professionals. As of September 30, 2020, we had over 1,900 customers in more than 40 countries, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue. We have a highly engaged and loyal customer base leading to a successful land and expand strategy. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and September 30, 2020, the number of customers with subscriptions to two or more of our experience products increased from 15% to 17% and to 29%, respectively.

Prior to developing our current cloud-based subscription model, we generated revenue from our Legacy offering, which primarily consisted of fully managed events and associated services. In connection with shifting to our current data-driven, cloud-based subscription model, we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and stopped selling it to all customers in 2020. As a result, we expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Our revenue was $82.6 million and $89.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing annual revenue growth of 8% in 2019. Our revenue was $65.2 million and $103.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 59%. Of this total revenue, revenue from our digital experience platform was $68.8 million and $80.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing annual revenue growth of 17% in 2019. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, revenue from our digital experience platform was $58.3 million and $101.7 million, respectively, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 74%. We had a net loss of $17.6 million and $17.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which included stock-based compensation expense of $1.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we had a net loss of $14.1 million and net income of $11.2 million, respectively, which included stock-based compensation expense of $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $8.6 million and $11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and net cash provided by operating activities was $26.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Our Business Model

We generate revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our digital experience platform. Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of paid subscriptions to ON24 Elite, ON24 Virtual Environment, ON24 Engagement Hub, and ON24 Target. Subscriptions are priced based on the number of workspaces, logins, modules, licenses and other platform capacity factors. In addition to subscription services, we generate revenue from the sale of professional consulting services to manage, monitor and produce experiences run by our customers, implement our platform and to provide premium support services.

The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily annual and, to a lesser extent, multi-year. We bill for the full term in advance or on an annual or monthly basis, depending on the terms of the agreement. We recognize subscription revenue ratably over the term of the subscription period beginning with the date customers are granted access to our platform. Our contracts typically require payments in annual installments. We have seen an increase in the proportion of multi-year subscriptions as the number of larger customers has increased. Customers with multi-year subscription agreements accounted for 21% and 27% of ARR as of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2020, respectively. See “—Key Business Metrics—Annual Recurring Revenue” for further information regarding how we calculate ARR.

 

62


Table of Contents

Our Go-to-Market Model

We have built an efficient go-to-market engine by using our ON24 platform as the foundation for our sales and marketing strategy. We utilize our platform to generate and cultivate ongoing customer demand for our solutions, acquire new customers and engage with our existing customers. We offer subscriptions to our platform to a broad range of customers, from small businesses to organizations with hundreds of thousands of employees. Our customer base is diverse and spans various industries and countries. Our ten largest customers by 2018 and 2019 revenue accounted for 22%, in the aggregate, of our revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. Our ten largest customers by revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 accounted for 22% and 19%, respectively, in the aggregate, of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. We utilize a direct sales organization to acquire new customers and increase adoption of our platform by current customers. As of December 31, 2019, we had 1,401 customers of which 144 were $100k Customers, and as of September 30, 2020 we had 1,918 customers of which 271 were $100k Customers.

Our go-to-market strategy consists of four key components:

 

   

Enterprise Land and Expand

We intend to continue to focus on the acquisition of new customers with 2,000 or more employees, or Enterprise customers, and to expand the usage of our platform within these larger accounts. We follow a named account coverage approach with aligned account teams, including sales, account management and customer success. After establishing a customer relationship with a business unit of an Enterprise, we seek to expand to new business units, divisions, departments and geographic regions, as well as increase subscriptions to additional products, which we refer to as “attachments,” and expand product use cases.

 

   

Commercial Scale and Velocity

Our Commercial market strategy is to grow through acquisition of new customers with less than 2,000 employees, or Commercial customers. We pursue this strategy by focusing on increasing the capacity of our sales representatives, building a robust pipeline of prospective customers by leveraging sales and marketing development representatives and building a team dedicated to customer renewals and new product attachments.

 

   

New Product Attachments

We intend to increase our new product attachments through dedicated sales resources and the identification of new or specialized use cases for our platform. We have seen significant growth and adoption of new products. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and September 30, 2020, the number of customers with subscriptions to two or more of our experience products increased from 15% to 17% and to 29%, respectively.

 

   

New Market Expansion

Our strategy to expand into new geographies is to identify the addressable market, develop a localization plan and invest in a core team for each market to drive continued international growth. The typical regional core team consists of a senior sales director, sales executive, sales development representative, marketing personnel and customer success.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Acquiring New Customers

We are focused on continuing to grow the number of customers that use our platform. We define a customer as a unique organization, including its subsidiaries and affiliates, that has entered into an

 

63


Table of Contents

agreement for paid access to our platform. A single customer may have multiple agreements with us for separate divisions, subsidiaries or affiliates. Our operating results and growth prospects will depend in part on our ability to attract new customers. While we believe we have a significant market opportunity that our platform addresses, it is difficult to predict customer adoption rates or the future growth rate and size of the market for our platform. We will need to continue to invest in our sales and marketing functions in order to address this opportunity by hiring, developing and retaining talented sales personnel who are able to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time.

Despite our strong growth to date, we believe our market is still relatively underpenetrated and, as a result, we see significant opportunity to market our solutions globally. We estimate that our customer base of over 1,900 customers as of September 30, 2020 represents less than 1% of the number of companies that our solutions can address. We intend to aggressively pursue new customers through specialized and aligned sales teams focused on Enterprise and Commercial customers.

Retention and Expansion of ON24 Across Existing Customers

We believe we can achieve significant growth by retaining and further penetrating our existing customer base with the addition of new users and new products, and through upsell and cross sell. Our multi-dimensional land and expand model drives onboarding and allows us to acquire customers via free trials, live demos and continuous engagement with an efficient sales and marketing investment. As we continue to drive more actionable revenue generating marketing insights, we believe that we have a significant opportunity to further increase sales among existing customers across different functional and geographic departments within each respective organization. Our ability to pursue this opportunity will require us to scale our sales and marketing organization and otherwise increase our operating expenses, and we may not be successful on the timetable we anticipate, or at all, for any number of reasons, which may cause our results to vary from period to period.

Innovation and Expansion of Our Platform

We plan to continually develop new products that enhance the functionality of our platform, improve our user experiences and drive customer engagement in order to further capitalize on new opportunities. We intend to sell these new solutions to both existing and new customers, to drive an increase in revenue as the breadth and depth of our solutions and use cases expands. We also intend to continue investing in our platform and related infrastructure to improve capacity, security and scalability. These development efforts will require significant investments, some of which may be episodic or otherwise cause our expenses to vary from period to period.

International Expansion

We believe the expansion of real-time, revenue-generating marketing intelligence in international markets is a significant opportunity. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, approximately 21% and 23% of our revenue, respectively, came from outside the United States. We believe there is a compelling opportunity to expand our solutions internationally, both in countries where we currently operate and countries where we do not yet sell subscriptions to our solutions. Continuing to expand our international operations will require considerable management attention and other resources and may present challenges associated with complying with local expectations, customs, laws and regulations, which may impact our ability to sell subscriptions to our solutions and otherwise cause our results to vary from period to period.

Key Business Metrics

We review the following key business metrics to measure our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. Our methods for calculating these metrics

 

64


Table of Contents

may differ from similarly titled metrics at other companies, which may hinder comparability with other companies. The following table sets forth as of the dates indicated our number of customers, our ARR, our NRR, and our $100k Customers:

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Customers

     1,241       1,401       1,342       1,918  

ARR

   $ 61,249     $ 76,852     $ 69,997     $ 138,872  

NRR

     107     108     106     147

$100k Customers

     116       144       129       271  

Number of Customers

Increasing awareness of our platform and its broad range of capabilities has enabled us to substantially expand our customer base. We serve customers of all sizes, ranging from small businesses to global Fortune 100 organizations across a diverse set of industries, including technology, financial services, healthcare, industrial and manufacturing, professional services and B2B information services companies. Our diverse customer base has grown from 760 customers as of December 31, 2015 to over 1,900 customers as of September 30, 2020. Our platform is designed with a long-term view toward our customer relationships and to grow with customers as their needs expand.

LOGO

Annual Recurring Revenue

We believe that ARR is a key metric to measure our business because it is driven by our ability to acquire new subscription customers and to maintain and expand our relationship with existing subscription customers. ARR is calculated as the sum of the annualized value of our subscription contracts as of the measurement date, including existing customers with expired contracts that we expect to be renewed. Our ARR amounts exclude professional services, overages from subscription customers and Legacy revenue. Our ARR was $61.2 million as of December 31, 2018, $63.6 million as of March 31, 2019, $67.2 million as of June 30, 2019, $70.0 million as of September 30, 2019, $76.9 million as of December 31, 2019, $85.9 million as of March 31, 2020, $114.2 million as of June 30, 2020, and $138.9 million as of September 30, 2020. Our consistent ARR growth each quarter reflects our success in acquiring new customers and expanding subscriptions with existing customers, which was occurring prior to the COVID-19 pandemic and has accelerated in 2020 partly in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

65


Table of Contents

Dollar-Based Net Retention Rate

We believe NRR is an important metric that provides insight into the long-term value of our subscription agreements and our ability to retain and organically grow revenue from our customers. Our NRR as of a specified period end is calculated by dividing current period ARR by prior period ARR. Prior period ARR is the ARR for all engagement platform customers as of twelve months prior to such period end. Current period ARR is the ARR for the same customers as of the specified period end. Our NRR includes the effect of any customer renewals, expansion, contraction and churn but excludes ARR from customers that were acquired in the twelve months prior to the specified period end. Our NRR is subject to adjustment for mergers, acquisitions, dispositions and similar transactions involving our customers. Our NRR was 107% as of December 31, 2018, 108% as of December 31, 2019, 106% as of September 30, 2019 and 147% as of September 30, 2020. We believe our strong NRR reflects our success in retaining customers and expanding their subscriptions as customers realize the increasing importance of digital transformation, which has accelerated in 2020 partly in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Customers Contributing More Than $100,000 to ARR

We believe that our ability to increase our $100k Customers is a key indicator for important components of the growth of our business, including our success in expanding the use of our platform within large organizations. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, we had 116 and 144 $100k Customers, respectively, and as of September 30, 2019 and 2020 we had 129 and 271 $100k Customers, respectively. We believe our growth in $100k Customers demonstrates our rapid penetration of larger organizations.

COVID-19 Update

In December 2019, an outbreak of COVID-19 emerged, and, by March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic. Governments across the United States and around the world have instituted measures in an effort to slow infection rates, including orders to shelter-in-place, travel restrictions and mandated business closure. The global economic impacts of COVID-19 are significant and continue to evolve, as exhibited by, among other things, a rise in unemployment, changes in consumer behavior and market volatility.

The imperative to optimize digital sales and marketing investments to drive revenue conversion has become more important as businesses accelerate digital transformation initiatives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in increased usage of our subscription and other platforms. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, our revenue increased by 59% as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, in part due to the impact of COVID-19.

There is no assurance that we will continue to experience such accelerated growth. If the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic subside, our customers and their users may resume in-person marketing activities in a way that decreases usage of our platform. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our business and financial performance may be influenced by a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, future spikes of COVID-19 infections resulting in additional preventative and mitigative measures, the severity of the economic decline attributable to or influenced by the pandemic, the timing and nature of a potential economic recovery, the impact on our customers and our sales cycles, and our ability to generate new business leads. For additional details, see the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

66


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Subscription and Other Platform Revenue

Subscription and other platform revenue primarily consists of subscription fees from customer agreements to access our digital experience platform. Our customers do not have the ability to take possession of our software. We recognize subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract beginning on the date access to our platform is granted. Subscription and other platform revenue also includes usage fees from customers who acquire incremental capacity during their contract term. We recognize usage fees on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the subscription contract, beginning when usage occurs. We expect our subscription revenue to increase over the long-term, depending on our ability to attract new customers and expand usage with current customers, which fluctuate from period to period.

Subscription and other platform revenue also contains revenue from our Legacy offering, which consists of contracts with customers for which we grant customers access to our platform only for the duration of specific contracted events. Our Legacy revenue is primarily recognized at a point in time as events occur. We stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018, and we expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Professional Services Revenue

Professional services revenue primarily consists of fees from customer agreements to provide consulting services, including experience management, monitoring and production services, implementation services and premium support services. The majority of our professional services consists of experience management and monitoring services, which are prepaid rights to a defined number of managed and monitored experiences. Professional services are generally considered distinct from the access provided to our platform. Professional services are available through hourly rate and fixed fee contracts, as well as one-time and ongoing engagements. We recognize revenue from experience management, monitoring and production services in the period the experience occurs and the services are delivered or, if they are not used by the customer, at the end of the subscription term. We recognize revenue from implementation services upon completion of the services. We recognize revenue from premium support offerings on a ratable basis over the subscription term. We expect our professional services revenue to increase as our customer base and use of our platform by existing customers increases, which may fluctuate from period to period.

Professional services revenue also contains revenue from our Legacy offering, which consists of event-related services, and is recognized when the event occurs. We stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and we expect substantially all professional services revenue associated with our Legacy offering to cease after December 2020.

Cost of Revenue

Subscription and Other Platform Cost of Revenue

Subscription and other platform cost of revenue primarily consists of costs related to hosting our platform and providing operating support services to our customers. These costs are related to our co-located data centers, personnel-related costs such as salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation expense, benefits costs associated with our operations and support personnel, software license fees and allocated overhead. We expect our subscription and other platform cost of revenue to increase in the near term in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as we continue to move to a hybrid cloud and otherwise expand our infrastructure and, over the long term, to increase in absolute dollars as our subscription revenue increases.

 

67


Table of Contents

Subscription and other platform cost of revenue also includes Legacy cost of revenue. We stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and we expect the Legacy component of subscription and other platform cost of revenue to cease after December 2020 consistent with related revenue.

Professional Services Cost of Revenue

Professional services cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs, including salaries and bonuses, stock-based compensation, third-party consulting services and allocated overhead. We expect our professional services cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars as our professional services revenue increases.

Professional services cost of revenue also includes Legacy cost of revenue. We stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and we expect the Legacy component of professional services cost of revenue to cease after December 2020 consistent with related revenue.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation directly associated with our sales and marketing organization. Other sales and marketing expenses include promotional events to promote our brand, such as awareness programs, digital programs, tradeshows and our annual user conference, software license expenses and allocated overhead. Sales commissions that are directly related to acquiring customer contracts, as well as associated payroll taxes, are deferred upon execution of a contract with a customer, and subsequently amortized to sales and marketing expense. Sales commissions paid upon the initial acquisition of a customer contract are amortized over an estimated period of benefit of five years, as we specifically anticipate renewals of customer contracts and commissions paid on renewal contracts are not commensurate with commissions paid on new customer contracts. Sales commissions paid upon renewal of customer contracts are amortized over the contractual renewal term. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis commensurate with the pattern of revenue recognition. Sales commissions paid related to professional services are amortized over the expected service period. We plan to increase our investment in sales and marketing over the foreseeable future, primarily through increased headcount in our sales and marketing functions and investment in brand- and product-marketing efforts. As a result, we expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in the near term. However, we expect such expenses will decrease as a percentage of our revenue as our revenue grows over time, although the percentage may fluctuate from period to period depending on fluctuations in the timing and extent of our sales and marketing expenses.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation directly associated with our research and development employees, contractor costs related to third-party development and allocated overhead. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We plan to increase the dollar amount of our investment in research and development for the foreseeable future as we focus on further developing our platform and infrastructure. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase as a percentage of revenue in the near term.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation directly associated with our finance, legal and human resources

 

68


Table of Contents

organizations, professional fees for external legal, accounting and other consulting services, bad debt expense and allocated overhead. We expect to increase the size of our general and administrative function to support the growth of our business. Following the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company. In addition, as a public company, we expect to incur increased expenses in the areas of insurance, investor relations and professional services. As a result, we expect the dollar amount of our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future. We expect, however, that our general and administrative expenses will decrease as a percentage of our revenue over time, although the percentage may fluctuate from period to period.

Other Gains from Operations

Other gains from operations consists of a one-time gain from a legal settlement.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net consists primarily of interest expense incurred on our Revolving Credit Facility, and income earned on cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net consists primarily of currency transaction gains or losses and miscellaneous non-operational income and expense.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to foreign and state jurisdictions in which we conduct business.

 

69


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations data and such data as a percentage of total revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
           (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

   $      66,079     $      72,589     $      53,368     $      81,379  

Professional services

     16,529       16,544       11,825       22,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     82,608       89,133       65,193       103,655  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform(1)

     14,232       16,730       12,571       14,405  

Professional services(1)

     10,689       10,411       7,666       8,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,921       27,141       20,237       23,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,687       61,992       44,956       80,367  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing(1)

     46,980       47,773       35,460       40,495  

Research and development(1)

     14,343       15,730       11,660       13,272  

General and administrative(1)

     13,299       14,590       10,928       14,370  

Other gains from operations

     (850                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73,772       78,093       58,048       68,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,085     (16,101     (13,092     12,230  

Interest expense, net

     1,052       1,029       799       633  

Other expense, net

     256       42       134       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,393     (17,172     (14,025     11,371  

Provision for income taxes

     198       355       44       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069)     $ 11,248  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
             2018                      2019                      2019                      2020          
            (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and other platform

   $ 80      $ 97      $ 73      $ 78  

Professional services

     13        50        46        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     93        147        119        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

     633        915        454        450  

Research and development

     218        197        155        189  

General and administrative

     516        739        586        720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $       1,460      $       1,998      $ 1,314      $ 1,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
           (unaudited)  
    

(as a percentage of revenue)

 

Revenue:

                                                                                                                            

Subscription and other platform

     80     81     82     79

Professional services

     20       19       18       21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100       100       100       100  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

     17       19       19       14  

Professional services

     13       11       12       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30       30       31       22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     70       70       69       78  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     57       54       54       39  

Research and development

     17       18       18       13  

General and administrative

     16       16       17       14  

Other gains from operations

     (1                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     89       88       89       66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (19     (18     (20     12  

Interest expense, net

     1       1       1       1  

Other expense, net

     1             1        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (21     (19     (22     11  

Provision for income taxes

           1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

     (21 )%      (20 )%      (22 )%      11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 53,368      $ 81,379      $ 28,011        52

Professional services

               11,825                  22,276                  10,451                         88  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 65,193      $ 103,655      $ 38,462        59  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $38.5 million, or 59%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily driven by an increase in digital experience platform revenue and partially offset by a decrease in Legacy revenue. Subscription and other platform revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $28.0 million, or 52%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Professional services revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $10.5 million, or 88%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

71


Table of Contents

Digital Experience Platform

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 48,258      $ 80,010      $ 31,752        66

Professional services

       10,078        21,705          11,627               115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform revenue

   $ 58,336      $ 101,715      $ 43,379        74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Our digital experience platform revenue represents revenue from our current subscription offerings. Total digital experience platform revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $43.4 million, or 74%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in subscription and other platform revenue of $31.8 million and an increase in professional services revenue of $11.6 million due to increases in our customer base and the use of our platform by existing customers, which reflects an increase in demand for our experience management and monitoring services. Existing customers accounted for approximately 63 percentage points of the increase and new customers accounted for approximately 11 percentage points of the increase. The increase attributable to existing customers reflects both that such customers contributed to our revenue for the full nine months ended September 30, 2020 and that they expanded their usage of our platform during that period. Our NRR was 147% as of September 30, 2020, an increase of 41 percentage points as compared to September 30, 2019.

Legacy

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 5,110      $ 1,369      $ (3,741     (73 )% 

Professional services

         1,747             571           (1,176     (67
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy revenue

   $ 6,857      $ 1,940      $ (4,917             (72
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 decreased by $4.9 million, or 72%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in subscription and other platform revenue of $3.7 million and a decrease in professional services revenue of $1.2 million as we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018. We expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019     2020     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $   12,571     $   14,405     $     1,834                 15

Professional services

     7,666       8,883       1,217        16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 20,237     $ 23,288     $ 3,051        15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 44,956     $ 80,367     $ 35,411        79  

Gross margin

     69     78     

Cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $3.1 million, or 15%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily driven by an increase in

 

72


Table of Contents

digital experience platform cost of revenue and partially offset by a decrease in Legacy cost of revenue. Subscription and other platform cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $1.8 million, or 15%, as compared to the year ended September 30, 2019. Professional services cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $1.2 million, or 16%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Digital Experience Platform

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 10,979      $ 13,825      $ 2,846        26

Professional services

     6,084        8,328        2,244        37  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform cost of revenue

   $ 17,063      $ 22,153      $ 5,090                  30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $5.1 million, or 30%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to an increase in subscription and other platform cost of revenue of $2.8 million and an increase in professional services cost of revenue of $2.2 million. The increase in total digital experience platform cost of revenue was driven by an increase in personnel-related expenses of $3.1 million due to increased headcount to support our platform and deliver services, a $0.8 million increase software and related maintenance fees due to the expansion of infrastructure and data centers, a $0.5 million increase in contractor costs, an increase of $0.3 million related to bandwidth costs, a $0.2 million increase in transmission costs and a $0.2 million increase in field production costs. These increased costs disproportionately affected our subscription and other platform cost of revenue. However, digital experience platform gross margin increased from 77.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to 82.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, due to the rapid revenue growth during this period.

Legacy

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 1,592      $ 580      $ (1,012     (64 )% 

Professional services

     1,582        555        (1,027     (65
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy cost of revenue

   $ 3,174      $ 1,135      $ (2,039              (64
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 decreased by $2.0 million, or 64%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily attributable to a decrease in subscription and other platform cost of revenue of $1.0 million and a decrease in professional services cost of revenue of $1.0 million. The decrease in total Legacy cost of revenue was driven by a reduction in headcount and facilities allocation costs as we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Gross margin increased from 69% to 78% in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in gross margin is primarily attributable to the significant increase in total digital experience platform revenue, which increased by 74%, compared to our total digital experience platform cost of revenue, which increased by 30%.

 

73


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 35,460      $ 40,495      $   5,035                  14

Sales and marketing expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $5.0 million, or 14%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $5.2 million due to increased headcount to support the growth in our sales force, a $1.8 million increase in demand generation activity, a $0.3 million increase in recruiting costs, a $0.3 million increase in software license expenses and a $0.2 million increase in market research. The increase was partially offset by a $1.3 million reduction in expenses associated with travel and entertainment, a decrease of $1.0 million in conferences and events, a $0.2 million decrease in creative and design expenses and a decrease of $0.2 million in internal company programs. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 54% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to 39% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Research and Development

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $ 11,660      $ 13,272      $   1,612                  14

Research and development expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $1.6 million, or 14%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in expenses was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.3 million in personnel-related expenses due to increased headcount for the development of our solutions and an increase of $0.5 million in contractor costs for development activities, partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in facilities allocation costs. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 18% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to 13% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative

   $ 10,928      $ 14,370      $   3,442                  31

General and administrative expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $3.4 million, or 31%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.7 million in professional, legal and accounting related expenses, an increase of $1.2 million in personnel-related expenses due to an overall increase in headcount, a $0.5 million increase in facilities allocation costs and an increase of $0.4 million in bad debt expense. The increase was partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in airfare, meals and travel and a $0.2 million decrease in rent expense. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 17% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to 14% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

74


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $       799      $       633      $      (166            (21 )% 

Interest expense, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 decreased by $0.2 million, or 21%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $0.3 million reduction in interest expenses primarily relating to our Revolving Credit Facility, partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in interest income earned from our short-term investments.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other expense, net

   $       134      $       226      $         92                69

Other expense, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $0.1 million, or 69%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $0.1 million reduction in foreign exchange transaction gains.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $         44      $       123      $         79              180

Provision for income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $0.1 million, or 180%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The change in provision for income taxes was primarily due to international operations.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 66,079      $ 72,589      $ 6,510        10

Professional services

     16,529        16,544        15         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $  82,608      $  89,133      $    6,525                  8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $6.5 million, or 8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily driven by an increase in digital experience platform revenue and partially offset by a decrease in Legacy revenue. Subscription and other platform revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $6.5 million, or 10%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Professional services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 remained flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

75


Table of Contents

Digital Experience Platform

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $  57,763      $  66,286      $    8,523       
        15

Professional services

     11,082        14,413        3,331        30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform revenue

   $ 68,845      $ 80,699      $ 11,854        17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $11.9 million, or 17%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in subscription and other platform revenue of $8.5 million and an increase in professional services revenue of $3.3 million due to increases in our customer base and the use of our platform by existing customers, which reflects an increase in demand for our experience management and monitoring services. Existing customers accounted for approximately 11 percentage points of the increase and new customers accounted for approximately 6 percentage points of the increase. The increase attributable to existing customers reflects both that such customers contributed to our revenue for the full year and that they expanded their usage of our platform during that period. Our NRR was 108% as of December 31, 2019, an increase of 1 percentage point compared to December 31, 2018.

Legacy

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $    8,316      $    6,303      $   (2,013           (24 )% 

Professional services

     5,447        2,131        (3,316     (61
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy revenue

   $ 13,763      $ 8,434      $ (5,329     (39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $5.3 million, or 39%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in subscription and other platform revenue of $2.0 million and a decrease in professional services revenue of $3.3 million as we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018. We expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

       14,232     $  16,730     $    2,498               18

Professional services

     10,689       10,411       (278     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 24,921     $ 27,141     $ 2,220       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

   $ 57,687     $ 61,992     $ 4,305       7  

Gross margin

     70     70    

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $2.2 million, or 9%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily driven by an increase in digital experience platform cost of revenue and partially offset by a decrease in Legacy cost of revenue. Subscription and other platform cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $2.5 million, or

 

76


Table of Contents

18%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Professional services cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $0.3 million, or 3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

Digital Experience Platform

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $  11,735      $  14,772      $    3,037                26

Professional services

     6,426        8,577        2,151        33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform cost of revenue

   $ 18,161      $ 23,349      $ 5,188        29  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $5.2 million, or 29%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to an increase in subscription and other platform cost of revenue of $3.0 million and an increase in professional services cost of revenue of $2.2 million. The increase in total digital experience platform cost of revenue was driven by an increase in personnel-related expenses of $2.6 million due to increased headcount to support our platform and deliver services, a $0.9 million increase software and related maintenance fees due to the expansion of infrastructure and data centers, a $1.1 million increase in contractor costs and consulting service fees and a $0.5 million increase in facilities allocation costs due to an increase in headcount. These increased costs disproportionately affected our subscription and other platform gross margin, which decreased from 79.7% in 2018 to 77.7% in 2019.

Legacy

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $    2,497      $    1,958      $      (539            (22 )% 

Professional services

     4,263        1,834        (2,429     (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy cost of revenue

   $ 6,760      $ 3,792      $ (2,968     (44
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $3.0 million, or 44%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily attributable to a decrease in subscription and other platform cost of revenue of $0.5 million and a decrease in professional services cost of revenue of $2.4 million. The decrease in total Legacy cost of revenue was driven by a reduction in headcount and facilities allocation costs as we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Gross margin in the year ended December 31, 2019 remained flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

   $  46,980      $  47,773      $       793                  2

 

77


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $0.8 million, or 2%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $1.3 million due to increased headcount to support the growth in our sales force, a $0.7 million increase in demand generation activity and a $0.3 million increase in software license expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $0.6 million reduction in expenses associated with the capitalization of incremental costs of obtaining customer contracts, net of amortization, upon the adoption of Topic 340, a decrease of $0.5 million in content marketing, a decrease of $0.2 million in internal company programs and a decrease of $0.2 million in facilities allocation costs. Refer to Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding the adoption of Topic 340. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 57% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 54% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $  14,343      $  15,730      $  1,387                10

Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $1.4 million, or 10%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in expenses was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.0 million in personnel-related expenses due to increased headcount for the development of our solutions and an increase of $0.5 million in contractor costs for development activities, partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in facilities allocation costs. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 17% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 18% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative

   $  13,299      $  14,590      $    1,291                10

General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $1.3 million, or 10%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.0 million in personnel-related expenses due to increased headcount, an increase of $0.3 million in professional, legal and accounting related expenses and an increase of $0.1 million in contractor costs, partially offset by a reduction of $0.1 million in software license expenses. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue remained flat at 16% for both the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Other Gains from Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other gains from operations

   $      (850   $         —      $       850             (100 )% 

Other gains from operations in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $0.9 million, or 100%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in other gains from operations was due to a one-time gain from legal settlement due to a customer’s breach of contract in 2018.

 

78


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $    1,052      $    1,029        $       (23              (2 )% 

Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 remained largely flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The small decrease was primarily due to a $0.2 million reduction in interest income earned from our short-term investments, partially offset by a $0.2 million increase in interest expenses primarily relating to our Revolving Credit Facility.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other expense, net

   $       256      $         42        $     (214            (84 )% 

Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $0.2 million, or 84%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to a $0.2 million increase in foreign exchange transaction gains.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $       198      $       355      $       157                79

Provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $0.2 million, or 79%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The change in provision for income taxes was primarily due to international operations.

 

79


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the seven quarters ended September 30, 2020, as well as the percentage of revenue that each line item represents for each quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which includes only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations that may be expected for the remainder of fiscal year 2020 or for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue:(1)

             

Subscription and other platform

  $ 16,863     $ 17,747     $ 18,758     $ 19,221     $ 19,927     $ 27,096     $ 34,356  

Professional services

    3,768       4,648       3,409       4,719       4,819       9,224       8,233  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    20,631       22,395       22,167       23,940       24,746       36,320       42,589  

Cost of revenue:

             

Subscription and other platform(2)

    4,236       4,121       4,214       4,159       4,156       4,824       5,425  

Professional services(2)

    2,645       2,655       2,366       2,745       2,550       3,138       3,195  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    6,881       6,776       6,580       6,904       6,706       7,962       8,620  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    13,750       15,619       15,587       17,036       18,040       28,358       33,969  

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing(2)

    12,938       11,543       10,979       12,313       12,010       12,729       15,756  

Research and development(2)

    3,887       3,709       4,064       4,070       4,099       4,513       4,660  

General and administrative(2)

    3,813       3,622       3,493       3,662       3,452       4,206       6,712  

Other gains from operations

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    20,638       18,874       18,536       20,045       19,561       21,448       27,128  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (6,888     (3,255     (2,949     (3,009     (1,521     6,910       6,841  

Interest expense, net

    326       247       226       230       212       193       228  

Other expense, net

    7       33       94       (92     271       (22     (23
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (7,221     (3,535     (3,269     (3,147     (2,004     6,739       6,636  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (10     27       27       311       55       37       31  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (7,211   $ (3,562   $ (3,296   $ (3,458   $ (2,059   $ 6,702     $ 6,605  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Consists of digital experience platform revenue and Legacy revenue as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Total digital experience platform revenue

  $   18,088     $   19,997     $   20,251     $   22,363     $   23,718     $   35,517     $   42,480  

Legacy revenue

    2,543       2,398       1,916       1,577       1,028       803       109  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $ 20,631     $ 22,395     $ 22,167     $ 23,940     $ 24,746     $ 36,320     $ 42,589  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

             

Subscription and other platform

  $ 24     $ 24     $ 25     $ 24     $ 23     $ 24     $ 31  

Professional services

    3       3       40       4       4       5       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    27       27       65       28       27       29       38  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

    159       150       145       461       141       147       162  

Research and development

    54       52       49       42       57       62       70  

General and administrative

    197       190       199       153       178       192       350  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 437     $ 419     $ 458     $ 684     $ 403     $ 430     $ 620  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
    (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue:

             

Subscription and other platform

    82     79     85     80     81     75     81

Professional services

    18       21       15       20       19       25       19  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100       100       100       100       100       100       100  

Cost of revenue:

             

Subscription and other platform

    20       18       19       17       17       13       13  

Professional services

    13       12       11       12       10       9       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    33       30       30       29       27       22       20  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    67       70       70       71       73       78       80  

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

    63       52       49       51       49       35       37  

Research and development

    19       16       18       17       16       12       11  

General and administrative

    18       16       16       15       14       12       16  

Other gains from operations

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    100       84       83       83       79       59       64  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (33     (14     (13     (12     (6     19       16  

Interest expense, net

    2       1       1       1       1       1       1  

Other expense, net

          1       1             1              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (35     (16     (15     (13     (8     18       15  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

                      1                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (35 )%      (16 )%      (15 )%      (14 )%      (8 )%      18     15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

Our subscription and other platform revenue increased for all periods presented due to higher sales of subscriptions to both our existing and new customers. Our professional services revenue generally increased for the periods presented with minor decreases in certain periods, as the timing of recognition of professional services is at the discretion of our customers.

Total cost of revenue remained relatively flat for each of the three month ended periods presented in 2019 and increased sequentially for each of the three month ended periods presented in 2020, in order to support rapid growth in subscription and other platform revenue. Gross margin increased over the quarters presented primarily due to economies of scale and efficiencies achieved as a result.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses generally increased for the periods presented primarily due to increases in headcount and other personnel-related costs to support our growth. We plan to continue to invest in sales and marketing for the foreseeable future to drive revenue growth. We also intend to

 

82


Table of Contents

continue investing in research and development efforts for the foreseeable future, as we focus on developing new features and enhancements to our product offerings. General and administrative expenses also include increased costs in recent fiscal quarters due to preparing to be a public company, a trend that we expect to continue for the foreseeable future.

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

In addition to our results determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, we consider our non-GAAP operating margin in evaluating our operating performance. We define non-GAAP operating margin as net (loss) income excluding other (income) expense, income tax, other gains from operations and stock-based compensation, all divided by revenue. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe this non-GAAP financial measure may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance. However, this non-GAAP financial measure is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures have no standardized meanings prescribed by GAAP and are not prepared under an comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate similarly-titled non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measure as a tools for comparison.

Some of the limitations of non-GAAP operating margin as an analytical tool are the following:

 

   

it excludes expense associated with our equity compensation plans, although equity compensation has been, and will continue to be, an important part of our compensation strategy;

 

   

it excludes other (income) expense and other gains from operations, even though we may have such (income) expense and gains from time to time in the future;

 

   

it excludes interest expense, although we have incurred interest expense on debt financing and expect to do so in the future;

 

   

it excludes the effect of income taxes; and

 

   

the expenses and gains that we exclude may differ from those excluded by other companies for this measure or similarly titled measures.

A reconciliation of non-GAAP operating (loss) profit to net (loss) profit, which we regard as the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and of the calculation of non-GAAP operating margin , is set forth below. Investors are encouraged to review this reconciliation, and our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended  
     2018     2019     March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 

Non-GAAP operating margin

              (19 )%               (16 )%               (5 )%             20            18

 

83


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles non-GAAP operating (loss) profit and non-GAAP operating margin, for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended  
     2018     2019     March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (2,059   $ 6,702     $ 6,605  

Interest expense, net

     (1,052     (1,029     (212     (193     (228

Other expense, net

     (256     (42     (271     22       23  

Provision for income taxes

     (198     (355     (55     (37     (31

Other gains from operations

     850                          

Stock-based compensation

     (1,460     (1,998     (403     (430     (620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating profit (loss)

   $ (15,475   $ (14,103   $ (1,118   $ 7,340     $ 7,461  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating margin

     (19 )%      (16 )%      (5 )%      20     18

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity were cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $23.8 million and $52.7 million, respectively, which were held for working capital purposes. Our short-term investments generally consist of money market funds and certificates of deposit.

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of convertible preferred stock and payments from our customers. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we issued 2,310,067 shares of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate amount of $25.0 million. We also have a Revolving Credit Facility to obtain up to $30.0 million in debt financing. As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, we had $22.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. Our principal uses of cash in recent periods have been to fund our operations, invest in research and development and to purchase investments.

We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to meet our needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our revenue growth rate, subscription renewal activity, billing frequency, the timing and extent of spending to support further sales and marketing and research and development efforts, as well as expenses associated with our international expansion, including the timing and extent of additional capital expenditures to invest in existing and new office spaces. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services and technologies, and we may need to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is needed from outside sources, we may not be able to raise the necessary capital or raise the capital on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (8,639   $ (11,350   $ (7,094   $  26,839  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        3,948       (4,162     (11,031     (674

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,496       27,580       27,622       2,547  

 

84


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities of $26.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to net income of $11.2 million, noncash charges for amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs of $7.5 million, depreciation and amortization of $1.9 million, stock-based compensation of $1.5 million and provision for accounts receivable allowance of $1.4 million, partially offset by noncash interest and dividends received of $0.1 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities increased cash flows from operations by $3.4 million primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $42.8 million from increases in subscriptions, an increase in accrued liabilities of $2.7 million and an increase in accounts payable of $1.1 million due to timing of payments, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $21.4 million due to increases in subscriptions, an increase in deferred contract acquisition costs of $19.3 million and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $2.4 million.

Net cash used in operating activities of $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was primarily due to net loss of $14.1 million and noncash interest and dividends received of $0.1 million, partially offset by noncash charges for amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs of $5.2 million due to the adoption of Topic 606, depreciation and amortization of $1.7 million, stock-based compensation of $1.3 million and provision for accounts receivable allowances of $0.5 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities decreased cash flows from operations by $1.7 million primarily due to an increase in deferred contract acquisition costs of $5.3 million due to the adoption of Topic 606, a decrease in accrued liabilities of $2.0 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.9 million and a decrease in other long-term liabilities of $0.3 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $3.5 million due to increases in subscriptions, a decrease in accounts receivable of $2.7 million and an increase in accounts payable of $0.5 million.

Net cash used in operating activities of $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to net loss of $17.5 million and noncash interest and dividends received of $0.1 million, partially offset by noncash charges for amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs of $7.0 million due to the adoption of Topic 606, depreciation and amortization of $2.3 million, stock-based compensation of $2.0 million and provision for accounts receivable allowances of $0.7 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities decreased cash flows from operations by $5.8 million primarily due an increase in deferred contract acquisition costs of $9.0 million due to the adoption of Topic 606, an increase in accounts receivable of $5.4 million due to increases in subscriptions, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.3 million, a decrease in accrued liabilities of $0.3 million and a decrease in other long-term liabilities of $0.3 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $9.4 million due to increases in subscriptions and an increase in accounts payable of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities of $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to net loss of $17.6 million and noncash interest and dividends received of $0.1 million, partially offset by noncash charges for depreciation and amortization of $2.0 million, stock-based compensation of $1.5 million and provision for accounts receivable allowances of $0.7 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities increased cash flows from operations by $4.9 million primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $4.8 million from increases in subscriptions, an increase in other long-term liabilities of $3.7 million and an increase in accrued liabilities of $0.8 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $3.3 million due to increases in subscriptions, a decrease in accounts payable of $0.7 million due to timing of payments, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.4 million.

 

85


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $0.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was related to capital expenditures of $0.7 million to support ongoing operations.

Net cash used in investing activities of $11.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was related to net purchases of short-term investments of $10.0 million and capital expenditures of $1.0 million to support ongoing operations.

Net cash used in investing activities of $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was related to net purchases of short-term investments of $3.0 million and capital expenditures of $1.2 million to support ongoing operations.

Net cash provided by investing activities of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was related to net sales of short-term investments of $7.4 million, partially offset by capital expenditures of $3.4 million to support ongoing operations, which included leasehold improvements from the build out of our San Francisco office in 2018.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily related to proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $3.3 million, partially offset by the repayment of capital lease obligations of $0.8 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $27.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was primarily related to proceeds from the issuance of Class B-1 preferred stock of $25.0 million, net proceeds of $3.3 million from the draw down and partial repayment on the Revolving Credit Facility and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.2 million, partially offset by the repayment of capital lease obligations of $0.9 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily related to the issuance of Class B-1 preferred stock of $25.0 million, net proceeds of $3.3 million from the draw down and repayment on the Revolving Credit Facility and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.4 million, partially offset by the repayment of capital lease obligations of $1.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to net proceeds of $4.0 million from the draw down and repayment on the Revolving Credit Facility and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.4 million, partially offset by the repayment of capital lease obligations of $0.9 million.

Remaining Performance Obligations

The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily annual and to a lesser extent, multi-year. We may bill for the full term in advance or on an annual or monthly basis, depending on the terms of the agreement. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $74.5 million, which consists of both billed consideration in the amount of $44.9 million and unbilled consideration in the amount of $29.6 million that we expect to recognize as revenue. We expect to recognize 80% of the revenue for our remaining performance obligations in 2020 and the remainder thereafter. As of September 30, 2020, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $132.7 million, which consists of both billed consideration in the amount of $88.0 million and unbilled consideration in the amount of $44.7 million that we expect to recognize as revenue. We expect to recognize 73% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent twelve months, and the remainder thereafter.

 

86


Table of Contents

Debt Obligations

Revolving Credit Facility

In April 2013, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Comerica Bank, which was subsequently amended and restated, and provides us the ability to borrow up to $30.0 million with a letter of credit sublimit of $3.9 million. The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a security interest on substantially all of our assets. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, we had drawn $18.9 million, $22.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively, against the Revolving Credit Facility. Outstanding principal amounts on the Revolving Credit Facility incur interest at the prime rate, as published by the Wall Street Journal (Prime Rate), plus 0.50%. The prime rates at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2019 and 2020 were 5.50%, 4.75%, 5.00% and 3.25%, respectively. Interest expense on the Revolving Credit Facility was $0.9 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $1.0 million and $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Equipment Loan Agreements

We have entered into various equipment loan agreements that allow us to obtain financing to purchase equipment. Borrowings are secured by the equipment purchased. The equipment loan agreements are repaid over 36 months beginning from the date of the advance at an interest rate ranging from 7.5% to 10.1%. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, we owed $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, on the equipment loans.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our noncancelable contractual obligations as of September 30, 2020:

 

            Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     More than 5
years
 

Operating lease obligations

   $     12,723      $       2,825      $       5,113      $       4,785      $            —  

Capital lease obligations

     3,832        1,650        2,182                

Other debt, including interest

     22,623        170        22,453                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 39,178      $ 4,645      $ 29,748      $ 4,785      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Contractual obligations that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through September 30, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency and Exchange Risk

The vast majority of our cash generated from revenue are denominated in U.S. dollars, with a small amount denominated in foreign currencies. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations, which are primarily in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, Singapore and Japan. Our results of current and future

 

87


Table of Contents

operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. As the impact of foreign currency exchange rates has not been material to our historical operating results, we have not entered into derivative or hedging transactions, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency becomes more significant.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $23.8 million and $52.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits and highly liquid investments, primarily money market funds purchased with an original maturity of three months or less. Our short-term investments generally consist of money market funds and certificates of deposit. The cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are held for working capital purposes. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those accounting policies and estimates that are both the most important to the portrayal of our net assets and results of operations and require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates are developed based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Critical accounting estimates are accounting estimates where the nature of the estimates are material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change and the impact of the estimates on financial condition or operating performance is material.

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue from subscription agreements with customers for access to our platform and related services. We elected to adopt Topic 606, effective as of January 1, 2019, utilizing the modified retrospective method of adoption. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, references to Topic 606 used herein refer to both Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 are presented under Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) are presented under Topic 606, with the cumulative impact of the adoption of Topic 606 recorded on January 1, 2019. The primary impact of the adoption of Topic 606 was the capitalization and amortization of incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers. See Note 1,

 

88


Table of Contents

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

In accordance with Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, we recognize revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for promised goods or services. We apply the following five-step revenue recognition model in accounting for our revenue arrangements:

1. Identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer

We determine a contract with a customer to exist when the contract is approved, each party’s rights regarding the services to be transferred can be identified, the payment terms for the services can be identified, the customer has the ability and intent to pay, and the contract has commercial substance. At contract inception, we will evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single contract and whether the combined or single contract includes more than one performance obligation. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience or, in the case of a new customer, credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

2. Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

Performance obligations committed in a contract are identified based on the services that will be transferred to the customer that are both capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can benefit from the service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from us, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the services and the products is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

Our performance obligations generally consist of access to our digital experience platform and related support services, which, together, are considered one performance obligation. Our customers do not have the ability to take possession of our software, and through access to our platform we provide a series of distinct software-based services that are satisfied over the term of the subscription. Customers may also purchase incremental capacity to our digital experience platform. We recognize incremental access as a series of distinct software-based services that are satisfied over the remaining term of the subscription. Our Legacy offering includes performance obligations to provide customers with access to our platform for the duration of specific contracted events, and revenue is recognized primarily as events occur. Amounts related to our digital experience platform and our Legacy offering are recorded as subscription and other platform revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

We also provide professional services, which include consulting services, such as experience management, monitoring and production services, implementation services and premium support services. Professional services are generally considered distinct from the access to our digital experience platform. Amounts are recorded as Professional Services revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

We enter into contracts with customers that regularly include promises to transfer multiple services through access to our platform. For arrangements with multiple services, we evaluate whether the individual services qualify as distinct performance obligations. In our assessment of whether a service is a distinct performance obligation, we determine whether the customer can benefit from the service on its own or with other readily available resources and whether the service is separately identifiable from other services in the contract. This evaluation requires us to assess the nature of each individual service offering and how the services are provided in the context of the contract, including whether the services are significantly integrated, highly interrelated or significantly

 

89


Table of Contents

modify each other, which may require judgment based on the facts and circumstances of the contract.

3. Determination of the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue recognized under the contract will not occur. We apply the practical expedient in Topic 606 paragraph 10-32-18 and do not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component for contracts that are one year or less, and none of our multi-year contracts contain a significant financing component. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers which are subsequently remitted to governmental entities, such as sales and other indirect taxes.

Our digital experience platform and related support services are typically warranted to perform in a professional manner that will comply with the terms of the subscription agreements. In addition, we include service level commitments to our customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that we fail to meet those service levels. These credits represent a form of variable consideration. Historically, we have not experienced any significant incidents affecting the defined levels of reliability and performance as required by the subscription agreements. We have not provided any material refunds related to these agreements in the consolidated financial statements during the periods presented.

4. Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on each performance obligation’s relative standalone selling price, or the SSP. The SSP is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. In instances where we do not sell or price a product or service separately, establishing SSP requires significant judgement. We estimate the SSP by considering available information, such as market conditions, internally approved pricing guidelines and the underlying cost of delivering the performance obligation.

5. Recognition of the revenue when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied

Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the control of the promised service to a customer. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those services. We recognize subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable contract subscription period beginning on the date access to our platform is granted. We recognize revenue from consulting services related to events in the period the event occurs and the service is delivered. We recognize revenue from implementation services upon completion of the services. We recognize revenue from premium support offerings on a ratable basis over the applicable subscription term.

Contract Balances

We receive payments from customers based on a billing schedule as established in our customer contracts. Accounts receivable are recorded when we contractually have the right to consideration. In some arrangements, a right to consideration for our performance under the customer contract may occur before invoicing to the customer, resulting in an unbilled accounts receivable. Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue. Revenue is deferred when we have the right to invoice in advance of performance under a customer contract. The current portion of deferred revenue balances are recognized during the following 12-month period.

 

90


Table of Contents

Costs to Obtain a Contract

Prior to the adoption of Topic 606, costs associated with obtaining customer contracts were recorded as sales and marketing expenses in the period the related customer contract was signed. Subsequent to the adoption of Topic 606, we capitalize sales commissions and associated payroll taxes paid to internal sales personnel and third-party referral fees that are incremental to the acquisition of customer contracts. These costs are recorded as deferred contract acquisition costs on our consolidated balance sheets. We determine whether costs should be deferred based on our sales compensation plans and if the commissions are incremental and would not have occurred absent the customer contract.

Sales commissions paid upon the initial acquisition of a customer contract are amortized over an estimated period of benefit of five years, as we specifically anticipate renewals of customer contracts and commissions paid on renewal contracts are not commensurate with commissions paid on new customer contracts. Sales commissions paid upon renewal of customer contracts are amortized over the contractual renewal term. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis commensurate with the pattern of revenue recognition. Sales commissions paid related to professional services are amortized over the expected service period. We determine the period of benefit for commissions paid for the acquisition of the initial customer contract by taking into consideration the initial estimated customer life and the technological life of our platform and related significant features. Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs is included in sales and marketing expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock awards is recognized based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the option awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. The related stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally four years. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from our estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ from our estimates, the difference is recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates were revised.

Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. As our common stock is not publicly traded, the fair value was determined by our board of directors, with input from management and valuation reports prepared by independent third-party valuation firms. Stock-based compensation for financial reporting purposes is measured based on updated estimates of fair value when appropriate, such as when additional relevant information related to the estimate becomes available in a valuation report issued as of a subsequent date.

 

91


Table of Contents
   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the options was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term of options represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Our historical stock option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term due to a lack of sufficient data. For stock options granted to employees, we estimate the expected term by using the simplified method. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For stock options granted to nonemployees, the expected term equals the contractual term of the option.

 

   

Expected Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers, consisting of several public companies in our industry which are either similar in size, stage of life cycle, or financial leverage, over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards.

 

   

Expected Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, an expected dividend yield of zero percent was used.

The Black-Scholes assumptions used in evaluating our awards are as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

  

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

    

            2018            

  

            2019            

  

            2020            

               (unaudited)

Fair value of common stock

   $2.15 - $2.44    $2.32 - $3.15    $2.32 - $7.97

Risk-free interest rate

   2.7% - 3.0%    1.5% - 2.5%    0.4% - 1.7%

Expected term (years)

   6.25    6.25    6.25

Expected volatility

   51.5% - 58.0%    40.7% - 51.5%    41.6% - 62.0%

Expected dividend yield

   0.00    0.00    0.00

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimation process, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Common Stock Valuations

In valuing our common stock, the fair value of our business, or enterprise value, was determined using either the market approach or a combination of the market and income approaches. The market approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined and then applied to the subject company’s financial results to estimate the value of the subject company. The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of the company’s future estimated cash flows and the residual value of the company beyond the forecast period. These future cash flows, including the cash flows beyond the forecast period for the residual value, are discounted to their present values using an appropriate discount rate, to reflect the risks inherent in the company achieving these estimated cash flows.

For valuations prior to October 1, 2019, the resulting equity value is then allocated to each class of stock using the Option Pricing Method, or the OPM. The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of our convertible preferred stock. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a

 

92


Table of Contents

claim on the equity value at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after our convertible preferred stock is liquidated. For valuations as of and subsequent to October 1, 2019, we have used a hybrid method utilizing a combination of the OPM and the probability-weighted expected return method, which includes a probability-weighted analysis of varying values for our common stock assuming possible future events for our company, including scenarios of a completing an initial public offering, completing an acquisition, and remaining a private company. Prior October 1, 2019, we believed use of the OPM was appropriate because the range of possible future outcomes was difficult to predict and highly speculative. Under either methodology, after the equity value was determined and allocated to the various classes of shares, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, was applied to arrive at the fair value of common stock on a non-marketable basis. A DLOM is applied based on the theory that as an owner of a private company stock, the stockholder has limited information and opportunities to sell this stock. A market participant that would purchase this stock would recognize this risk and thereby require a higher rate of return, which would reduce the overall fair market value.

Our assessments of the fair value of common stock for grant dates were based in part on the current available financial and operational information and the common stock value provided in the most recent valuation as compared to the timing of each grant. For financial reporting purposes, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation or a straight-line interpolation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

Upon the closing of this offering, our common stock will be publicly traded and we will rely on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant to determine the fair value of our common stock.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. Accordingly, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that have opted out of using such extended transition period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1, Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

 

93


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to transform the way businesses drive revenue and customer engagement through data-rich digital experiences.

Overview

We provide a leading, cloud-based digital experience platform that enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences. Our platform’s portfolio of interactive, personalized and content-rich digital experience products creates and captures actionable, real-time data at scale from millions of professionals every month to provide businesses with buying signals and behavioral insights to efficiently convert prospects into customers.

Similar to what has taken place in the B2C market, our digital experience platform empowers B2B companies with insights to better personalize their engagement. Large social media platforms have been successful at leveraging experiences and insights of consumers on their platforms to enable B2C companies to effectively understand their potential consumers. While these have been effective in the B2C market, B2B companies often lack deep insights about prospective customers to effectively understand and engage them.

Businesses today primarily use automated solutions, such as digital advertising and email, for marketing. While these automated solutions reach large numbers of prospective customers, they have generally failed to deepen customer engagement because they were designed with the simple purpose of pushing marketing messages in one direction – from the business to the prospective customer. As a result, marketing at scale has become synonymous with spam, which is often ignored by prospective customers and can even undermine the customer relationship. At the same time, prospective customers prefer to do their own research by accessing digital marketing resources before consulting with a salesperson to make a purchasing decision.

For businesses to succeed, we believe their sales and marketing strategies must evolve from the era of automation to the era of engagement. We are strategically positioned to help businesses and their sales and marketing organizations make this transition. Our platform provides an innovative way both to scale digital marketing and deepen prospective customer engagement. We believe our opportunity to help businesses convert digital engagement into revenue will continue to grow as industries modernize their sales and marketing processes, which has been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Through our leading digital experience platform, we powered more than 159,000 interactive, live digital experiences from January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020, engaging an average of 4 million prospective customers and business professionals monthly between January 1, 2020 and September 30, 2020, an increase of 174% year-over-year. Our platform facilitated a monthly average of 12 million prospective customer interactions in the same time period, representing an annual run rate of 2.45 billion engagement minutes for an increase of 167% year-over-year. As our customers create more ON24 content-rich experiences, they gather more first-person data about their prospective customers to help them create a multiplier effect that strengthens their ability to convert prospective customers and generate revenue.

As of September 30, 2020, we had over 1,900 customers in more than 40 countries, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the

 

94


Table of Contents

five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial and manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue. No single customer contributed more than 5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We have a highly engaged and loyal customer base that has allowed us to grow our revenue with them over time, and achieve an NRR of 147% as of September 30, 2020. Our NRR was 107% and 108% as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Our revenue was $82.6 million and $89.1 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $65.2 million and $103.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We had a net loss of $17.6 million and $17.5 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we had a net loss of $14.1 million and net income of $11.2 million, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $8.6 million and $11.4 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and net cash provided by operating activities was $26.8 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Industry Trends

B2B sales and marketing has shifted away from traditional approaches, such as “cold calling,” “snail mail,” industry networking events and in-office visits, to more scalable, digital-based approaches. According to Gartner, by 2025, 80% of B2B sales interactions between suppliers and buyers are expected to occur in digital channels. As they transition to digital-based approaches, businesses are struggling to achieve deep levels of personalized engagement and interactivity.

The most common digital marketing tactics that businesses use to operate sales and marketing programs at scale require them to make suboptimal tradeoffs: either annoy their customers with spam, which is frequently ineffective, or use third-party providers to run more expensive marketing campaigns that still may not be engaging or personalized to a prospective customer’s business needs. This has led to frustration and poor returns from digital sales and marketing investments.

The imperative to optimize digital sales and marketing investments to drive revenue conversion has become more important as businesses accelerate digital transformation initiatives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe this digital transformation has fundamentally changed the way businesses engage with their prospective customers, leading to an increased need for innovative methods of B2B engagement at scale to improve sales effectiveness and drive faster revenue growth. The following key trends are impacting sales and marketing strategies today:

 

   

Personalized and interactive digital customer engagement at scale is the new imperative. The ability to engage with large numbers of prospective customers and customers cost-effectively is crucial. As businesses broadly embrace digital transformation initiatives, they are standardizing on cloud-based platforms to transform their sales and marketing strategies. Increased focus on next-generation digital marketing solutions offers our customers an opportunity to drive personalized and interactive prospective customer engagement at scale by aggregating a significant amount of insights on prospective customers. This enables businesses to optimize sales and marketing campaigns and drive revenue growth. The impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic have accelerated the digital transformation plans of many businesses, especially with respect to sales and marketing. According to McKinsey, 96% of B2B sales teams have fully or partially shifted their go-to-market model during the COVID-19 pandemic, and 65% of B2B decision makers believe the new model is just as effective as, or more effective than, their prior model. Once adopted, we believe that most businesses will permanently utilize a digital-first sales and marketing strategy following the COVID-19 pandemic, including by developing hybrid approaches to customer engagement through a combination of complementary in-person and digital experiences.

 

95


Table of Contents
   

Democratization of content has led prospective customers to self-educate. Ineffective marketing tactics coupled with broad availability of relevant content across multiple channels have shifted the mindset of B2B prospective customers. According to Forrester, 68% of B2B buyers prefer to research online on their own and 60% of B2B buyers prefer not to interact with a sales representative as the primary source of information. Because prospective customers are now self-educating by accessing information on products and brands in advance of purchasing decisions, marketers must adapt by identifying and providing relevant content to their prospective customers earlier in the sales process. We believe this will necessarily shift greater investment into content-rich, interactive digital experience platforms and away from low-touch marketing automation strategies.

 

   

Traditional automated marketing approaches are increasingly ineffective. Traditional automated marketing tactics have limited effectiveness at engaging prospective customers because they are generic, intrusive and irrelevant. In fact, according to Trustwave, 28% of the total inbound email in 2019 was classified as spam. Having a limited understanding of a prospective customer’s intent and interest leads to largely ineffective, impersonal marketing, wasted sales and marketing investment and frustrated prospective customers.

 

   

Data privacy requirements are constraining automated digital marketing. Data privacy has become a fundamental area of focus for regulatory bodies given the digital transformation initiatives taking place and the plethora of spam used today. As privacy laws continue to expand and evolve, this puts pressure on traditionally automated methods of marketing at scale that have traditionally been highly dependent on information obtained from third parties. As a result, we believe there will be increased focus on engaging with customers directly and driving engagement through first party insights and integrations.

The new norms of digital transformation and targeting self-educating prospective customers have accelerated the need for cloud platforms that deliver personalized and interactive customer engagement at scale to drive revenue.

Limitations of Traditional Approaches to Customer Engagement at Scale

Businesses have struggled to adapt their marketing strategies for the era of digital engagement where interactions with prospective customers happen online. Traditional marketing tactics and general-purpose communication platforms suffer from many limitations, including:

 

   

Failure to create content-rich, interactive experiences for prospective customers. As prospective customers increasingly self-educate, creating personalized, content-rich and interactive experiences is critical to generate engagement. Typical online sales and marketing strategies are built upon one-way communication from the marketer to their prospective customers, offering no opportunity for developing a meaningful exchange nor empowering prospective customers to dictate their own buying process. According to Epsilon, 80% of consumers surveyed were more likely to do business with a company if it offers personalized experiences.

 

   

Limited opportunity for engagement, resulting in less prospective customer data. Highly engaging and interactive experiences generate valuable signals about prospective customers’ buying intentions that can inform the sales process and improve efficiency. To be able to capture and respond to those buying signals, businesses need the ability to track, record, contextualize and analyze prospective customer behavior in real-time. While in-person events, such as business conferences, can sometimes create engaging experiences, they do not allow for the automated and efficient collection of first-person data and are expensive to organize. General-purpose online meeting tools can enable businesses to reach many people at once, but they lack the engagement, analytics and first-person data that are needed to drive revenue.

 

96


Table of Contents
 

Meanwhile, traditional marketing automation tools collect only superficial data such as click rates that deliver limited understanding into what prospective customers want, what messages are resonating and how to more deeply engage and inform prospective customers that are seeking to learn more.

 

   

Ineffective insights to convert prospects into customers. Insights about prospective customers are only valuable to businesses to the extent that they help convert prospects into customers. Providing contextualized and easy to access information to sales teams in real-time can materially improve their efficiency and improve revenue conversion. Technologies such as general purpose communications and collaboration tools have provided convenient alternatives to hosting physical meetings but were not designed to easily integrate into the broader sales and marketing systems that businesses use, and thus these tools have limited use in connecting real-time customer interaction with a business’s broader sales and marketing strategies.

 

   

Inability to utilize behavioral insights to dynamically personalize content. By gaining insights into their prospective customers’ behavior and engagement, businesses are able to understand and measure the performance of their digital experiences. This understanding provides critical intelligence to optimize the subsequent creation and delivery of other digital experiences. Traditional approaches typically fail to utilize customer behaviors to dynamically adjust content and enable content personalization.

 

   

In-person events are resource intensive and exist in a discrete moment. A business conference exists in a discrete moment in time, is expensive, and cannot be re-created. In these scenarios, businesses only have one opportunity to engage with prospective customers at scale, and their return on investment is limited.

Our Platform and Key Differentiators

Our leading cloud-based digital experience platform enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences that are backed by analytics and an ecosystem of third-party integrations.

Our portfolio of ON24 Experience products include:

 

   

ON24 Elite – live, interactive webinar experience that engages prospective customers in real-time and can also be made available in an on-demand format.

 

   

ON24 Virtual Environment – live, large scale virtual event experience that engages prospective customers in real-time and can also be made available in an on-demand format.

 

   

ON24 Engagement Hub –always-on, rich multimedia content experience that prospective customers can engage in anytime, anywhere.

 

   

ON24 Target – personalized and curated, rich multimedia content experience that engages specific segments of prospective customers to drive a desired action.

Our ON24 Experience products are backed by our solutions offering enhanced functionality, including:

 

   

ON24 Intelligence – analytics backbone that captures first-person data to power the insights, benchmarking, reporting and AI/ML engine within our platform.

 

   

ON24 Connect – ecosystem of third-party application integrations.

We believe the key differentiators of our platform are:

 

   

Designed to drive interactive customer experiences. Our platform was built to power a new kind of customer engagement – highly interactive real-time digital experiences that can scale

 

97


Table of Contents
 

engagement from hundreds to thousands of prospective customers simultaneously. Unlike spam, which is often ignored, our digital experiences engage prospective customers and encourage them to ask questions and learn about a business’s products and offerings more broadly. This real-time interaction is the foundation of our modern engagement platform and aligns with how B2B prospective customers are seeking to self-educate. ON24 live webinar experiences with more than five attendees on average attracted more than two hundred attendees for more than 50 minutes for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

   

Interactive customer engagement creates highly valuable customer insight data. Unlike more traditional approaches, creating and measuring customer engagement and interaction is at the center of our platform. Through our products, our customers can create interactive experiences that foster active engagement with their prospective customers and gather data in real time. This enables our customers to obtain rich, valuable insights and predictive analytics as well as integrate the resulting data and insights into their business applications. ON24 live experiences gathered a minimum of twenty data points per attendee for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

   

Prospective customer insights drive more efficient conversion of pipeline to revenue. The customer engagement and interaction data gathered through our platform enables businesses to derive deep insights about prospective customer behavior. These insights can drive higher-quality pipeline and ultimately better revenue conversion for our customers. Through our ecosystem of integrations with third-party marketing automation, CRM and BI platforms, our customers can leverage insights derived through our platform to more intelligently engage with prospective customers in real-time. Customers that represent over 60% of our ARR as of September 30, 2020 have integrated our platform with a third-party application.

 

   

Flywheel effect drives continuous optimization. Years of capturing engagement insights have provided us with a deep understanding of how to best design digital experiences that engage prospective customers and generate more impactful revenue conversion. The more of our content-rich experiences that our customers create for their prospective customers to engage with, the more first-person data that our customers are able to collect in return. By leveraging AI/ML, our platform enables businesses to use this data to derive highly relevant and deep insights that fuel more personalization in future content experiences, strengthening the engagement they create and further enhancing the quality of the interaction data and insights derived through our platform. This combination of rich prospective customer data and AI/ML becomes a flywheel for better content creation, improved customer experiences, greater customer intelligence and enhanced revenue conversion.

 

   

Experiences that can be repurposed and continuously drive engagement to maximize return on investment. Our customers are able to continuously drive results because ON24 digital experiences remain interactive and can continue to engage their prospective customers well after the initial live event ends. The experiences created through our platform are designed with persistent interactivity which gives our customers the ability to engage their prospective customers in either a live or on-demand experience. This flexibility makes it possible to repurpose and reuse digital experiences many times over with no incremental cost.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have significant competitive strengths that will enable us to extend our market leadership position, including:

 

   

Category defining platform for customer engagement at scale. We created one of the first cloud platforms for businesses to deliver interactive, data driven webinar experiences, virtual

 

98


Table of Contents
 

event experiences and multimedia content experiences. We believe we have a first-mover advantage because our proprietary and proven platform has enabled our customers to build effective systems for digital engagement that generate high return on investment.

 

   

Cloud-based system of engagement. Our cloud-based platform powers our customers with several key marketing capabilities: creating digital experiences, deploying them at scale, collecting numerous data points on their prospective customers, and leveraging this data to further personalize subsequent experiences. Consolidating these services onto one platform allows our customers to gather a more cohesive understanding of their prospective customers and take more targeted actions to more effectively convert prospects into customers. As a result, businesses no longer need to rely on a combination of standalone products.

 

   

Broad, rich dataset and AI/ML capabilities power valuable insights. Our platform enables highly interactive experiences, giving our customers access to behavioral data that signals buying intent. By leveraging our AI/ML capabilities, our customers can derive valuable and actionable insights in order to optimize their sales and marketing strategies. For example, we help our customers understand what features of a digital experience drive the most engagement with prospective customers. Our customers can also use our platform to benchmark themselves against others in their industry to understand where they can improve. In addition, our customers can more effectively reach their prospects and customers by leveraging our AI/ML capabilities to predict how best to personalize digital experiences for particular customers based on their prior behavior and interactions on our platform.

 

   

Enterprise grade, highly scalable cloud platform. Our cloud-based platform has been developed to enable enterprise-grade scalability. This includes options and features to enable our customers to make privacy and compliance choices that align to their needs as well as integrations with a broad ecosystem of third-party applications. Our platform is available in over 20 languages and can be utilized seamlessly across multinational sales and marketing organizations. Our customers are able to use our platform to engage their prospective customers in multiple regions by supporting different streaming protocols, multilingual translation and closed captioning.

 

   

Growing base of customers across verticals. We have a large and diverse set of customers across a broad set of industries. We have grown our customer base from approximately 760 customers as of December 31, 2015 to over 1,900 customers in more than 40 countries as of September 30, 2020, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue. We intend to leverage our land and expand model to further penetrate customers across these verticals.

 

   

Superior, dedicated customer service. Our solutions are designed to be easy to use, featuring drag-and-drop and other similar tools simplifying implementation by our customers. We offer technical support, chat support and live webinar experience emergency support that is available to our customers 24/7. Our platform support and customer success teams are organized into a “follow the sun model” to ensure consistent and reliable service across the globe.

Our Market Opportunity

As prospective customers continue to be inundated with content, businesses are increasingly challenged to provide targeted and dynamic engagement with them. Businesses continue to invest significantly in various digital marketing strategies and technologies, which account for almost 80% of marketing budgets according to a Gartner survey. Further, according to that same survey, CMOs are expected to allocate approximately 26% of their total budget to marketing technologies, and 68% of

 

99


Table of Contents

CMOs expect their investments in marketing technology to increase going forward. According to Grand View Research, the global digital marketing software industry is expected to reach approximately $152 billion in 2027. However, increased marketing spend has not proportionately translated to positive outcomes and marketers are seeking next-generation solutions to drive personalized and interactive engagement with prospective customers at scale to drive revenue growth.

We expect the demand for frictionless, interactive and personalized experiences to drive businesses of all sizes to allocate greater portions of their marketing budgets to next generation technologies that enable the creation of engaging marketing content, facilitate the analysis of customer trends and buying signals and derive actionable, revenue-generating marketing insights. We expect marketing spend in the markets we address to increase substantially as marketing channels modernize, marketers leverage digital technologies to engage and track audiences and traditional, ineffective marketing solutions are replaced by easy-to-use, integrated solutions.

We estimate that the current TAM for our solutions is approximately $42 billion worldwide annually. We calculate our TAM by initially estimating the total number of companies that our platform and products can support in the United States across separate bands measured by number of employees: Enterprise, which includes companies with more than 2,000 employees, and Commercial, which we further divide into Mid-Market companies with 200-1,999 employees, and small and midsize, or SMB, companies with 50-199 employees, using data from the U.S. Census Bureau for 2017. We then apply an average annual value to the companies in each band. This value was calculated using internally generated data for annual recurring revenue, or ARR, as of June 30, 2020 for the top 25% of our customers by ARR that subscribe to two or more of our products, within each of the Enterprise and Mid-Market bands, and the top 25% by ARR of all our customers within the SMB band. We believe these calculations are representative of the current potential spend on our solutions by customers and prospective customers. We multiplied the total number of companies within each band by the calculated annual value for that band. The aggregate calculated value represents the current annual estimated market opportunity in the United States of $21 billion. We believe the market opportunity for our solutions outside the United States is at least as large.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to drive the growth of our business and the adoption of our solutions by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Drive new customer acquisition. We believe our market is still relatively underpenetrated. We see a significant opportunity to attract many more customers across industries, market segments and regions. We estimate that our customer base of over 1,900 customers as of September 30, 2020 represents less than 1% of the number of companies that our solutions can address. We believe we have significant growth opportunities within the Fortune 1000 both domestically and in international markets. In addition, we believe that, through scaling our sales force, we can accelerate new customer acquisition across the substantial Commercial market. We intend to aggressively pursue new customers through specialized and aligned sales teams focused on the Enterprise and Commercial markets globally.

 

   

Expand within existing customers. We believe we can achieve significant organic growth by expanding penetration of our existing customer base. Our land and expand model drives expansion of new subscriptions within our existing customer base by selling subscriptions to additional parts of existing customers’ organizations, expanding into new regional divisions and upselling new solutions. In addition, we are developing new applications for our platform, including partner training and employee recruiting and forms of indirect marketing, such as education, enrollment and benefits programs.

 

100


Table of Contents
   

Continue to increase attachments and develop new solutions for specific use cases. We strengthened our multi-solution strategy by launching ON24 Engagement Hub and ON24 Target products in 2018. As of September 30, 2020, over 29% of our customers subscribed to two or more of our solutions. We believe we can increase our revenue both through increasing attachments for existing solutions and selling our existing customers new solutions that we develop in the future. For example, we have developed a differentiated feature set for our customers that use our platform to conduct online continuing education programs and issue accredited certifications. Our ecosystem of third-party integrations includes business applications in specific industries. We plan to continually develop new solutions that enhance the functionality of our platform and products, improve our customers’ experiences and drive engagement with their prospective customers.

 

   

Expand into new regions. We believe the expansion of our platform in international markets is a significant opportunity. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, approximately 21% and 23%, respectively, of our revenue came from customers outside the United States, and we believe there is a compelling opportunity to expand our offerings internationally with minimal additional investment in our technology and infrastructure. We plan to open additional offices in targeted geographies to support our international expansion and also to launch additional platform capacity in Europe to support our European expansion.

 

   

Identify and pursue inorganic growth opportunities. We plan to opportunistically evaluate and acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies that expand our platform, add different categories of experiences and support new use cases for our customers. We believe well-selected acquisitions may add significant value to our platform and expand the ability of our customers to gather engagement data to help them convert their prospective customers into revenue.

Our Solutions

Our platform gives businesses the ability to use digital engagement to drive revenue growth through interactive experiences, data-driven analytics and solutions that integrate into a large number of business systems, predominantly marketing automation, CRM and BI platforms. With digital engagement at the core, our platform’s experience, data and integration layers power a portfolio of products and solutions that include ON24 Elite, ON24 Virtual Environment, ON24 Engagement Hub, ON24 Target, ON24 Intelligence and ON24 Connect.

 

101


Table of Contents

The following graphic depicts our platform:

 

 

LOGO

ON24 Experience Products

Our platform’s experience products contain a robust set of capabilities that make it simple for our customers to build, design, manage and scale live, interactive webinar experiences, large-scale virtual event experiences, rich multimedia content hub experiences and personalized content experiences. Any business user can use our platform; no code or technical expertise is required.

We have designed our experiences to be equally easy for our customers’ audiences of prospective customers to access and guide their own self-education process. Our customers’ audiences of prospective customers can choose to engage with multiple points of interaction and content resources within an ON24 Experience and move seamlessly through a variety of ON24

 

102


Table of Contents

Experiences. To further remove friction, audience members do not need any downloads or plug-ins, can use any web browser and can access experiences from a desktop, mobile or tablet device.

Live Experiences: ON24 Elite

ON24 Elite gives our customers a high-impact, cost-efficient, digitally native way to engage hundreds and thousands of their prospective customers simultaneously.

An ON24 interactive webinar experience is fully customizable and enables our customers to combine a video or audio-based presentation with supporting slide materials, video clips or screen-sharing alongside dynamic interactions including live question and answer messaging, group chats, real-time surveys and polls, and additional content resources. Our customers can drive high-intent calls-to-action for their prospective customers to book a sales meeting or request a demo.

 

LOGO

Through ON24 Elite, interactive webinar experiences can be delivered in multiple formats, including a scheduled live experience featuring a livestreamed presentation or pre-recorded presentation, which we refer to as simulive because it is designed to simulate a livestreamed presentation, or an on-demand experience featuring a pre-recorded presentation. No matter the format, all two-way interactivity remains dynamic and continues to drive engagement in real-time. Our platform also provides automated captioning inside interactive webinar experiences that can be transcribed and translated into 10 languages in real-time. That transcription can then be edited and auto-translated in more than 60 languages for pre-recorded, simulive or on-demand presentations.

ON24 Elite’s flexible format and modular composition makes it easy to scale a webinar program, run multiple interactive experiences across different sales and marketing functions or for different audience segments, and repurpose and replay content and syndicate experiences to different regions. To enhance the re-use of content, our platform enables our customers to create templates and clone and edit interactive webinar experiences.

We provide a separate interface for presenters called ON24 Elite Studio, which acts as the production environment for our customers to produce real-time interactive webinar experiences, livestream or record multimedia presentations, and engage with customers in real-time during an ON24 Experience.

 

103


Table of Contents

Live Experiences: ON24 Virtual Environment

ON24 Virtual Environment is built to host large-scale online events and provide a single source for measurement and analytics.

Our ON24 Virtual Environment powers multi-session virtual event experiences that can be scheduled as live events and maintained as ongoing on-demand events or in an immersive training content library. Simulating an in-person conference, tradeshow or training center, ON24 Virtual Environment houses multiple tracks of interactive webinar-based keynotes and breakout sessions powered by ON24 Elite alongside participant networking, virtual breakout meetings and virtual vendor booths.

All interactions across the ON24 Virtual Environment and within the individual ON24 Elite-powered webinar-based sessions are captured and unified, providing a powerful set of event analytics.

Always-On Experiences: ON24 Engagement Hub

ON24 Engagement Hub is an online resource portal product that our customers use to provide rich content experiences for their prospective customers to find, consume and engage with interactive webinar experiences and other multimedia marketing content, such as videos and whitepapers, in a single online destination.

With out-of-the-box features that include branding, search, categorization, website embedding and pre-set content layouts, ON24 Engagement Hub provides a simple and efficient way for our customers to seamlessly publish, curate and promote their interactive webinar experiences alongside other marketing content that they upload and host inside our platform.

Personalized Experiences: ON24 Target

ON24 Target is a personalized marketing product that gives our customers the ability to easily build, curate and disseminate interactive webinar and video experiences and other multimedia content to distributed audience segments with relevant messaging, offerings and calls-to-action.

Additional features across our ON24 Experience products

Our ON24 Experience products include the following tools to enable our customers to produce professionally designed experiences, drive ongoing engagement and conversion, and host, manage and organize content.

 

   

ON24 Experience Builder

Our customers use our drag-and-drop interface; pre-set layouts, custom templates, and a library of stock images to rapidly produce professionally designed and branded experiences without any need for website or code development.

 

   

ON24 Engagement and Conversion Tools

Our platform contains a library of more than 20 interactivity tools that our customers can use to drive ongoing engagement and conversion with their prospective customers, enabling them to interact with hundreds and thousands of individual prospective customers simultaneously. Examples of ON24 Engagement and Conversion Tools include the ability to book a sales meeting, request a product demo, ask question and answers in real-time, and engage with supplemental resources such as downloadable white papers or external webpages.

 

104


Table of Contents
   

ON24 Media Manager

Our customers use ON24 Media Manager to host, manage and organize all marketing content, including interactive webinar experiences, videos and whitepapers, in a single location.

ON24 Intelligence

ON24 Intelligence is the analytics backbone that runs across our platform and provides our customers with first-person data, analytics, benchmarking and reporting within our platform. These insights and reports are available to all of our customers and measure analytics at the account-level, for each platform experience, for each hosted content asset and for each prospective customer who engages with an experience on our platform. Our customers are able to easily understand the overall performance of their ON24 experiences in a dashboard-level view and make comparisons to industry benchmarks for future improvement.

ON24 Engagement and Prospect Analytics

The ON24 engagement and prospect analytics are powered by our proprietary algorithms and our AI/ML capabilities. The prospect analytics measure engagement levels of individual prospective customers to enable our customers to report, qualify, prioritize and score their prospective customers’ intent to make a purchase. Our engagement analytics tools provide our customers the ability to report, measure and compare the engagement levels of their ON24 Experiences and multimedia assets hosted on our platform both in aggregate and individually.

 

LOGO

ON24 Advanced Analytics

ON24 Advanced Analytics provides our customers with an additional set of pre-configured reports that enable customers to understand their most engaged prospective customers, provide a view of where prospective customers are in the sales funnel, and give analysis across poll and survey responses. Our customers are also able to use ON24 Advanced Analytics to run customized reports within our platform.

 

105


Table of Contents

ON24 AI/ML Engine

Our ON24 AI/ML engine leverages the data collected by or on behalf of our customers through our platform to enable better prediction of which content will drive the most engagement for individual prospects and customer segments, thus driving further interaction data and creating a continuous network effect of higher customer engagement that leads to the ability to deliver content that is optimized to drive more engagement.

Our platform has the following AI/ML-powered capabilities:

 

   

Content recommendations;

 

   

Predictive engagement levels for our customers’ prospective customers

 

   

Automated transcription of audio and video into text, making it searchable and accessible;

 

   

Automated translation of transcripts into multiple languages for global audience reach;

 

   

Q&A bot, to answer routine support questions in ON24 Elite Studio; and,

 

   

Platform audience and presenter load predictions, to help deploy operational resources and provide oversight.

ON24 Connect

ON24 Connect is an ecosystem of third-party application integrations and APIs that enable the first-person insights generated by ON24 Intelligence to be extracted and leveraged across our customers’ business systems for more intelligent sales and marketing.

APIs

Our broad set of APIs enable our customers, partners and a select set of third-party developers to use ON24 Intelligence in their business applications. We also provide our APIs to a select set of businesses to build applications for our portfolio of ON24 Experience products.

Marketing Automation, CRM and BI Platform Integrations

Through our ecosystem of third-party integrations, our customers can seamlessly integrate their first-person engagement data with other business systems, predominantly marketing automation, CRM and BI platforms, including integrations with Adobe Marketo Engage, Oracle Marketing Cloud (Eloqua) and Salesforce Marketing Cloud (Pardot).

Our Technology and Infrastructure

Our platform and products have been developed to enable enterprise-grade scalability, performance, and reliability, designed to address all the complexities that come with live, interactive engagement with large audiences of prospective customers. Our platform has two main parts: a web application stack, and a streaming infrastructure stack, running on two redundant, co-located data centers in the United States.

Our web application stack processes requests from web browsers and APIs. Our streaming infrastructure stack processes live signal acquisition from our customers, encodes it, and delivers it to audiences via a redundant set of content delivery networks. The streaming infrastructure stack is designed to accept inputs from our customers on a wide variety of devices, combine them into an online virtual bridge, and to incorporate controls into the ON24 Elite Studio experience for presenters.

 

106


Table of Contents

The bridged signal is then encoded and distributed to diverse global audiences, who can access it as part of an online experience on desktop and mobile devices. This presentation contains video along with other interactive components, all synchronized and controlled by our customers. We are in the process of transitioning to a hybrid cloud infrastructure, which we believe will enhance our platform’s flexibility and scalability.

We built our platform and products to address the robust performance demanded by large, multinational enterprises in the following ways:

 

   

Performance and scalability: Designed to be enterprise-grade, we ensure that once a signal or a request gets to ON24, we have fully redundant processing for reliability. Our Cloud and Network Operations team runs this application in two fully redundant collocated data centers, designed for failover in under 90 minutes in a disaster scenario. This configuration has proven both scalable and cost effective. Our application architecture allows us to independently scale the systems that handle heavier loads, with a lightweight load-balancers routing traffic to additional machines as needed. With leading enterprise components, we expect our architecture to scale readily without any significant change as our business expands.

 

   

Privacy and compliance: Our platform includes features and options designed to support compliance with the GDPR, the CCPA and other privacy laws, and provides options and features to enable customers to make privacy and compliance choices that align to their needs and relevant legal requirements. For example, our platform enables customers to implement tailored notice and consent language, customize registration forms and obtain consent for marketing and other processing activities. In addition, our flexible APIs allow businesses to build solutions to automate compliance with certain data subject requests.

 

   

Security: We conduct regular penetration tests, web vulnerability scans, and code reviews to enhance the security of our platform.

Our Customers

Our customer base consists of a diverse set of businesses from fast-growing start-ups to established Fortune 100 enterprises that span a growing number of industries where B2B sales and marketing is mission critical. The primary industries we serve include technology, financial services, healthcare, industrial and manufacturing, professional services and B2B information services, among others. All of these industries are undergoing a digital transformation, and, as a result, we see opportunities for growth in product adoption, attachments and revenue across all verticals fueling both our customer acquisition and land and expand strategies.

Our diverse customer base has grown from 760 customers as of December 31, 2015 to more than 1,900 in more than 40 countries as of September 30, 2020. As of September 30, 2020, our customers included three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue.

We are expanding internationally with approximately 21% and 23% of our revenue from accounts located outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. No single customer contributed more than 5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Our largest customers have increased their ARR over time. For example, since September 30, 2017, our customers contributing at least $500,000 in ARR expanded their ARR on average by 5.6x as of December 31, 2019 and by 11.6x as of September 30, 2020.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following is a representative list of our customers by industry vertical whose usage and spend is representative of our customers within those verticals:

 

Technology

 

Financial Services/Insurance

 

Manufacturing & Distribution

Bentley Systems

Citrix Systems

NVIDIA

Domo

SAS Institute

Televerde

VMware

Zendesk

 

BMO Harris Bank

Fidelity Information Services

KeyBank

New York Life Insurance Company

OneDigital Health and Benefits

Softbank

State Street Global Advisors(1)

Sunrise Banks

 

BASF

Dominion Energy

GE Healthcare Systems(2)

Fujitsu(3)

Keysight Technologies

National Instruments

Ricoh(4)

Thermo Fisher Scientific

Life Science

 

Professional & Information Services

   

Bausch Health Companies

Hologic

Illumina

Medtronic

Olympus

Novo Nordisk(5)

Waters

 

Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner

Dixon Hughes Goodman

Informa

LexisNexis

Plante Moran

Tata Consultancy Services

Wolters Kluwer(6)

 

 

(1)

We have an agreement with State Street Global Advisors EMEA.

(2)

We have an agreement with GE Healthcare Australia.

(3)

We have an agreement with Fujitsu Technology Solutions GmbH.

(4)

We have an agreement with Ricoh UK Limited.

(5)

We have an agreement with Novo Nordisk Pharma Gulf FZ-LLC.

(6)

We have agreements with Wolters Kluwer Financial Services United Kingdom Ltd. and Wolters Kluwer Espana SA.

Customer Case Studies

We believe that the following case studies provide a representative sample of how our customers use our solutions.

Plante Moran

 

   

Situation: Plante & Moran PLLC, or Plante Moran, is a leading accounting and business advisory firm dedicated to building strong relationships, demonstrating its expertise and providing exceptional client service. The Plante Moran team needed a scalable way to connect with clients and prospects.

 

   

Solution: In 2016, Plante Moran started using the ON24 platform to build creative experiences that engage its audiences, build pipeline and help distinguish the firm. Plante Moran uses ON24 to drive engagement for its wealth management and accounting business lines. Using ON24 Elite and ON24 Engagement Hub, Plante Moran has created interactive events that feature subject matter experts, personalizing its digital engagement. Using ON24 Target, Plante Moran has curated event experiences to meet the interests of different clients. In addition to establishing on-demand channels of engagement, the Plante Moran team has increased its production of experiences 4.6 times over the last five years.

 

   

Key Benefits:

 

  o

Ability to scale engagement programs across multiple business lines.

 

108


Table of Contents
  o

Create digital events that showcase their subject matter expertise.

 

  o

Build experiences to differentiate their firm.

Olympus

 

   

Situation: In a digital first world, the Olympus Service team wanted to transform their customer engagement strategy to connect with customers, provide valuable content, and better serve the needs of health care professionals. Due to the technical nature of Olympus’ innovative medical solutions, they needed a way to provide online detailed training to ensure proper care and handling of their equipment.

 

   

Solution: In 2020, Olympus Service starting using ON24 to scale their educational programs to users in remote locations. Through ON24 Elite and ON24 Engagement Hub, Olympus Service provides enablement to health care professionals in their healthcare settings with Olympus Service training and content.

 

   

Key Benefits:

 

  o

Ability to efficiently increase engagement with users in remote locations.

 

  o

Reduction in the number of service repairs through more informative educational resources.

 

  o

Increased accessibility to content to better serve the needs of health care professionals.

Informa

 

   

Situation: Informa plc, or Informa, is a leading international exhibitions, events, information services and scholarly publishing group. Informa was looking to deepen and scale its digital experiences for online audiences and activate additional sponsorship opportunities across North America, APAC and EMEA.

 

   

Solution: Since 2013, Informa’s brands have used the ON24 portfolio of digital experience products to create virtual tradeshows, sponsored webinar opportunities, and digital event series. With ON24, more than 200 Informa brands have been able to scale the production of digital events to dozens of specialist markets. And, Informa uses ON24 data and analytics to give their clients detailed audience insights and content feedback.

 

   

Key Benefits:

 

  o

Compelling and engaging experiences that can be monetized for sponsorship dollars.

 

  o

Ability to provide their clients with data and analytics.

 

  o

Differentiation of Informa programs from other sponsorship offerings because of the data provided.

SurveyMonkey

 

   

Situation: SurveyMonkey’s platform enables people to share their voices and opinions while supporting companies’ needs to get feedback to grow, succeed and innovate. They needed a way to connect with thousands of customers and prospects to share their vision and drive demand for their various solutions.

 

   

Solution: In 2015, SurveyMonkey started using the ON24 platform to educate customers and convert new leads. Through ON24 Elite, SurveyMonkey creates thought leadership events and

 

109


Table of Contents
 

delivers product demonstrations. The team also uses ON24 Virtual Environment to produce and deliver their annual user conference to global audiences with content personalized for different audiences.

 

   

Key Benefits:

 

  o

Scale demand generation programs.

 

  o

Create industry leading thought leadership events.

 

  o

Create high impact product demonstrations.

 

  o

Bring annual user conferences to global audiences.

 

  o

Ability to personalize content for different audiences.

Sales and Marketing

We primarily sell our products through direct sales, which comprises field and inside sales personnel. Our sales organization is comprised of market-centric teams focusing on Enterprise and Commercial customers segmented by employee headcounts. Our field sales organization is specialized to execute our land and expand strategy and primarily focuses on Enterprise and Commercial customers while our inside sales team specializes in driving further adoption of ON24 products to our existing customers.

Our-go-to-market strategy consists of four key components, including acquiring and expanding wallet share within large accounts, growing rapidly in the Commercial market, driving increased product attachments through continued customer innovation, and expanding into new geographies to drive continued international growth.

Marketing

We have built an efficient and impactful go-to-market engine by using the ON24 platform as the foundation of our marketing strategy. Due to the deep engagement and actionable data generated by our interactive digital experiences, we are able to quickly qualify leads, provide our sales team with personalized insights and accelerate our highest priority buyers to our sales team.

Our marketing team focuses on inbound and outbound marketing through our industry-leading content and resources, and sharing customer best practices. We use multiple marketing tactics to build brand awareness and generate demand, including media communications, user conferences, digital marketing, partner co-marketing, product marketing and customer marketing. We track and measure our marketing costs and results closely across all channels to support our efforts to optimize marketing channels that drive our sales pipeline.

Customer Success

We believe that our highly responsive and effective support and education are an extension of our brand and are core to building and maintaining user trust. Our global customer success team is closely embedded with our customers and supports their day-to-day usage of our platform, including advising on best practices and providing technical support, services, and training. Our platform support team offers technical support, chat support and live webinar experience emergency support that is available to our customers 24/7. Our services team offers production services. Our training team oversees onboarding, training, certification and a knowledge center.

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Our global support team is based in 5 regional offices and is available 24/7 via in-product and presenter chat support. We have a data-driven process and well-established operations in place that proactively monitor our customers’ platform adoption, utilization and success. This approach enables us to efficiently scale our customer success operations as our customer base continues to grow.

Research and Development

Our research and development team is responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of new products, platform capabilities, product features and platform integrations, connectors and APIs. We release major platform upgrades once per quarter with minor upgrades released as needed. Research and development employees are located primarily in our San Francisco headquarters, and we also contract with remote U.S.-based and offshore workers. Our research and development expenses were $14.3 million and $15.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $11.7 million and $13.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Competition

Our industry is highly competitive and fragmented. We compete for customers with a number of different types of companies that offer a variety of products and services, including meeting tools, webinar software, virtual event software, video portal software, content management software, physical events, physical event software and digital marketing tools. Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services they offer. Many of our current and potential competitors have larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. Our solutions face competition. For example, a number of web-based meeting and webinar software products are offered by companies such as Zoom, LogMeIn, Intrado, Microsoft, Cisco, Google, Cvent and Amazon. Many of these products have significantly lower prices. Although most of these companies do not currently offer products with real-time engagement features that gather the types and extent of actionable data that we gather, many of these companies have significantly greater resources and may be able to introduce similar products in the future. Additionally, we operate in a market characterized by an increasing number of new and competitive entrants. As we introduce new solutions, and with the introduction of new technologies, products and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets are:

 

   

functionality in providing rich, interactive digital experiences;

 

   

ability to gather real-time data insights for marketers;

 

   

breadth of functionality within a single platform;

 

   

ease of use and reliability;

 

   

cloud-based architecture;

 

   

scalability;

 

   

security, privacy and compliance;

 

   

integration into leading marketing automation, CRM and BI platforms; and

 

   

global, always available customer service.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors.

 

111


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We primarily rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a combination of patent, trade secret and domain name protection, trademark and copyright laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In the United States and abroad, as of December 31, 2020, we had 14 issued patents and 25 pending patent applications, the earliest of which expires in 2027. We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. Our trademarks and service marks include our name and logo, as well as various marketing slogans. We maintain a policy requiring our employees, contractors, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements to control access to our proprietary information.

These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated.

Regulatory Considerations

The legal environment of Internet-based businesses is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations are applied in this environment, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, is often unclear. For example, we sometimes cannot be certain which laws will be deemed applicable to us given the global nature of our business, including with respect to such topics as data privacy and security, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, content regulation and intellectual property ownership and infringement.

Businesses use our platform to engage with and market to their prospects and customers. In doing so, these businesses: (a) upload, broadcast, collect and store data and content within our platform, subject to relatively few general restrictions imposed by us, aside from the technical capabilities and limitation inherent in our platform, (b) use tools and reports available in our platform to access analytics and insights about attendees, experiences and content, and (c) personalize content and experiences to prospects and customers. This presents potential compliance challenges to our business and operations because we do not control customer content and information practices within our platform. Thus, we cannot ensure that information collection and processing by or on behalf of customers, within our platform, complies with applicable privacy, data protection and other laws. Similarly, we cannot ensure that customer content and use of our platform does not infringe or violate rights of privacy or intellectual property rights. At the same time, given the developing and varied nature of privacy and intellectual property laws globally, we cannot guarantee that ON24 would never be subject to potential or actual claims or enforcement actions associated with customer content or use of our platform. Thus, both in the United States and internationally, we must monitor and take steps to respond to a host of legal, compliance and risk issues regarding the data stored and processed by customers on our platform. These include, without limitation, the following:

Privacy, Data Protection and Security

Businesses use our platform to facilitate better engagement with their customers and prospects, derive insights about content and usage, and provide more meaningful and targeted experiences and content. These capabilities rely on collection and processing of information from and about customers and prospects that interact with the business or its content on our platform. As a result, compliance with laws and regulations regarding data privacy, cybersecurity, data protection, data breaches, and the collection, processing, storage, transfer and use of personal data, which we refer to as privacy laws, are critical to our compliance and risk strategy. Globally, numerous jurisdictions have passed or are actively considering new or amended privacy laws. As a result, privacy laws are increasing in

 

112


Table of Contents

number, enforcement, and fines and other penalties. Beyond legislative developments, decisions by courts and regulatory bodies relating to privacy laws can also have a significant impact on us and other businesses that operate across international jurisdictions.

In some cases, privacy laws apply directly to both ON24 and our customers and in other cases our customers pass through compliance obligations and requirements to us contractually. Further, under some privacy laws, ON24 may be considered a “processor” or a “service provider” and our customers a “controller” or “business,” while other privacy laws may not clearly distinguish between such roles. In all cases, however, ON24 must monitor, respond to and address privacy laws and related compliance, whether to ensure its own compliance or enable compliant use of its platform by ON24 customers. In general, our failure to adequately safeguard data adequately, address privacy compliance, or comply with our security and privacy commitments to customers could subject us, not only to contractual liability to customers and direct liability under privacy laws, but also to reputational harm and regulatory investigations or enforcement actions under U.S. (federal and state) and international laws and regulations relating to consumer protection and unfair business practices. More particularly, certain privacy law developments could have significant impacts to our platform and business. For example, privacy laws that restrict the use of personal information for marketing purposes or the tracking of individuals’ online activities (such as the EU’s proposed ePrivacy Regulation and the California Consumer Privacy Act), could expose us to additional regulatory burdens or necessitate changes to our platform or certain features. In addition, certain countries have passed or are considering passing laws that impose data localization requirements or cross border data transfer restrictions on certain data. As with most cloud-based solutions, restrictions on the transfer of platform data outside of the originating jurisdiction pose particular challenges that could result in additional costs or otherwise impact platform use.

With the evolving legal landscape, the scope, interpretation and enforcement of privacy laws could change and new or amended laws may take effect. As a result, the associated burdens and compliance costs on us and our platform could increase in the future. Although we continue to monitor and respond to privacy legal developments and have invested in addressing major privacy law developments (such as the GDPR and the CCPA), it is not possible for us to predict with certainty the effect of these developments on our platform and business.

Copyrights

U.S. and international copyright and trademark laws protect the rights of third parties from infringement of their intellectual property. Our customers and their users can generally use our platform to upload and present a wide variety of content. We maintain a copyright infringement policy and respond to takedown requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content uploaded to our platform. As our business expands to other countries, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including takedown and cease-and-desist notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, also applies to our business. This statute provides relief for claims of circumvention of copyright-protected technologies but includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites or hosting content that infringes copyrights of others. The copyright infringement policies that we have implemented for our platform are intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor.

Employees and Human Capital

As of December 31, 2020, we had 547 full-time employees. Of these employees, 434 are based in the United States and 113 are based in international locations. The members of our management team and our board of directors come from diverse backgrounds, and we seek to attract and recruit

 

113


Table of Contents

diverse, talented, experienced and motivated employees. In order to continue to develop and improve our platform, we must continue to invest in attracting, developing and retaining key talent. We monitor our progress with human capital metrics such as turnover, time to fill open roles and rate of internally developed talent. Our brand, market position, reputation for innovation and culture support our ability to recruit and retain talented employees across our departments.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Francisco, California, where we currently lease 31,182 square feet of office space pursuant to leases expiring in April 2021 and August 2025, respectively. We also lease facilities in Charlotte, London and Sydney pursuant to leases expiring in July 2023, July 2025 and April 2022, respectively. We believe our facilities are suitable to meet our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that we believe, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

114


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Set forth below is certain biographical and other information regarding our directors and our executive officers.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Sharat Sharan

   58    President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Steven Vattuone

   52    Chief Financial Officer

James Blackie

   55    Chief Revenue Officer

Jayesh Sahasi

   50    Executive Vice President, Product and Chief Technical Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Irwin Federman

   85    Director

Denise Persson

   47    Director

Holger Staude

   34    Director

Dominique Trempont

   66    Director

Barry Zwarenstein

   72    Director

The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of our executive officers and directors.

Executive Officers

Sharat Sharan co-founded our company in 1998 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since incorporation. Prior to co-founding our company, Mr. Sharan held numerous management positions in media, entertainment, wireless and telecommunication companies. Mr. Sharan holds an MBA from The Booth School of Business at the University of Chicago, a master’s degree in Computer Science from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University and a BS in Electronics Engineering from the National Institute of Technology Kurukshetra. We believe Mr. Sharan is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including co-founding our company and his executive leadership experience in the technology industry.

Steven Vattuone has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2019. Prior to becoming our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Vattuone served as our Vice President of Finance from May 2018 to November 2019. Prior to joining us, Mr. Vattuone served as a consultant at RoseRyan, Inc., an accounting and finance consulting firm, from October 2017 to May 2018 and as the Chief Financial Officer of Electric Cloud, Inc., a development and operations software company that was acquired by CloudBees, Inc. in April 2019, from August 2013 to September 2016, when he retired until joining us. From January 2011 to August 2013, Mr. Vattuone held various executive leadership roles of ascending responsibility at Grass Valley USA, LLC, a producer of media technology, and from February 2007 to January 2011 he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Composite Software, Inc., a data virtualization software company that was acquired by TIBCO Software Inc. in October 2017. Prior to Composite Software, Mr. Vattuone held senior level financial positions at various publicly traded software and technology companies. Mr. Vattuone holds an MBA from Santa Clara University and a BS in Business Administration and Accounting from California Polytechnic State University.

James Blackie has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since December 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Blackie served as Vice President, Sales at TriNet Group, Inc., a public professional employer

 

115


Table of Contents

organization, from November 2013 to November 2016. From July 2012 to October 2013, Mr. Blackie served as the Executive Vice President at Evolv, Inc., a provider of SaaS-based workforce intelligence products. From January 2003 to July 2012, Mr. Blackie served as Executive Vice President at Legal Research Network, Inc., a provider of ethics and legal compliance SaaS products and services. Before then, Mr. Blackie spent several years in positions of increasing responsibility at Gartner, Inc., a public global research and advisory firm, most recently serving as Group Vice President, North American Sales from January 2000 to December 2002. In January 2014, Mr. Blackie filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy, which was dismissed in April 2014. Mr. Blackie holds a BS in Marketing from Santa Clara University.

Jayesh Sahasi has served as our Executive Vice President, Product and Chief Technology Officer since January 2012, and, before this, in executive and engineering roles of ascending responsibility with us since September 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sahasi served in various engineering roles at software companies. Mr. Sahasi holds an MBA from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, a master’s degree in Artificial Intelligence from the University of Georgia and a BS in Computer Science from Loyola University New Orleans.

Non-Employee Directors

Irwin Federman has served on our board of directors since March 2000. Mr. Federman is a senior advisor to U.S. Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, and previously served as a general partner since joining the firm in April 1990. Mr. Federman also currently serves on the board of directors of Check Point Software Technologies Ltd., a public company provider of software products for IT security, including as chair of the audit committee. Mr. Federman also served as member of the board of Mellanox Technologies, Ltd, a public company provider of semiconductor-based, high-performance interconnect products, from 1999, and as chairman from 2013, until its acquisition by Nvidia in 2019 and on the board of directors of Intermolecular, Inc., a public company that operates a technology platform designed to accelerate research and development for the semiconductor and clean-energy industries, from 2005 until its acquisition by Merck in 2019 and SanDisk Corporation, a provider of flash memory products, from 1988 until the company’s acquisition by Western Digital Corporation in 2016. Mr. Federman holds a BS in Economics from Brooklyn College and was awarded an Honorary Doctorate of Engineering from Santa Clara University. We believe Mr. Federman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive knowledge of the software industry as well as his extensive public company governance experience.

Denise Persson has served on our board of directors since July 2020. Since May 2016, Ms. Persson has served as the Chief Marketing Officer of Snowflake Inc., a public company provider of an innovative cloud data platform. Ms. Persson currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Neo4J, Inc., a provider of a native graph database, and Lightstep, Inc., a provider of software solutions. Ms. Persson previously served as our CMO from July 2008 to December 2013 and as the CMO of Apigee Corp. from December 2013 to April 2014. Ms. Persson holds an MBA from Georgetown University and a BA in Business Administration and Economics from Stockholm University. We believe Ms. Persson is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her extensive experience in executive leadership roles in the global marketing industry.

Holger Staude has served on our board of directors since April 2016. Since July 2010, Mr. Staude has been an employee of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and currently serves as a Managing Director of Goldman Sachs Growth. Mr. Staude currently serves as a director of several private companies. Mr. Staude holds a BA in Economics from Princeton University. We believe Mr. Staude is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his financial expertise and extensive business experience in the software industry.

 

116


Table of Contents

Dominique Trempont has served on our board of directors since April 2010. Mr. Trempont also currently serves on the board of the Daily Mail and General Trust plc, a public, global media company. Mr. Trempont previously served as lead director and chair of the audit committee of RealNetworks, Inc., a public company provider of digital media software and services, from September 2010 to October 2019 and Energy Recovery Inc., a manufacturer of energy recovery devices, from June 2008 to June 2017, including as a chair of the audit committee. Mr. Trempont was also an adjunct professor at INSEAD, the European Institute of Business Administration, from March 2008 to March 2016. From May 1997 to 2002, Mr. Trempont served as Chief Executive Officer of two global software companies. Mr. Trempont holds an MBA from INSEAD, and a BA, with high honors, from the Université Catholique de Louvain in Belgium. We believe Mr. Trempont is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive business and leadership experience in the software, artificial intelligence and digital marketing industry.

Barry Zwarenstein has served on our board of directors since August 2020. Mr. Zwarenstein has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Five9, Inc., a public company provider of cloud software for contact centers, since January 2012. Mr. Zwarenstein also currently serves on the board of directors of JFrog Ltd., a public company provider of an end-to-end, hybrid, universal DevOps Platform, including as a chair of the audit committee. Mr. Zwarenstein held senior level financial positions at various technology companies. Mr. Zwarenstein holds an MBA from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of KwaZulu-Natal in South Africa. Mr. Zwarenstein is qualified as a Chartered Accountant, South Africa. We believe Mr. Zwarenstein is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his corporate finance and business expertise.

Board Composition

Our Bylaws will provide that our board of directors shall initially consist of six members, and thereafter shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors. Currently our board of directors consists of six members: Sharat Sharan, Irwin Federman, Denise Persson, Holger Staude, Dominique Trempont, Barry Zwarenstein.

In accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Irwin Federman and Holger Staude, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Barry Zwarentstein and Denise Persson, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Sharat Sharan and Dominique Trempont, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Our board of directors has determined that, upon closing of this offering, Irwin Federman, Denise Persson, Holger Staude, Dominique Trempont, Barry Zwarenstein will be independent directors. In making this determination, our board of directors applied the standards set forth in the rules of the

 

117


Table of Contents

NYSE and in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors considered all relevant facts and circumstances known to it in evaluating the independence of these directors, including their current and historical employment, any compensation we have given to them, any transactions we have with them, their beneficial ownership of our capital stock, their ability to exert control over us, all other material relationships they have had with us and the same facts with respect to their immediate families.

Although there is no specific policy regarding diversity in identifying director nominees, both the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the board of directors seek the talents and backgrounds that would be most helpful to us in selecting director nominees. In particular, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, when recommending director candidates to our board of directors for nomination, may consider whether a director candidate, if elected, assists in achieving a mix of board of directors members that represents a diversity of background and experience.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. Our Bylaws and corporate governance guidelines will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors currently believes that our existing leadership structure is effective, provides the appropriate balance of authority between independent and non-independent directors, and achieves the optimal governance model for us and for our stockholders.

Board Oversight of Risk

Although management is responsible for the day to day management of the risks our company faces, our board of directors and its committees take an active role in overseeing management of our risks and have the ultimate responsibility for the oversight of risk management. The board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our operational, financial, legal and strategic risks. Specifically, senior management attends quarterly meetings of the board of directors, provides presentations on operations including significant risks, and is available to address any questions or concerns raised by our board of directors.

In addition, we expect that our three committees will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding risk. The Audit Committee will coordinate the board of director’s oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, related party transactions and code of conduct and corporate governance guidelines and management will regularly report to the Audit Committee on these areas. The Compensation Committee will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks arising from our compensation policies and programs as well as succession planning as it relates to our Chief Executive Officer. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks associated with board organization, membership and structure, succession planning for our directors and corporate governance. When any of the committees receives a report related to material risk oversight, the chair of the relevant committee will report on the discussion to the full board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting

 

118


Table of Contents

officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.on24.com. The information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K within four business days of such amendment or waiver.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, or the Audit Committee, a compensation committee, or the Compensation Committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the closing of this offering. Our board of directors may also establish other committees from time to time to assist the board of directors. Effective upon the closing of this offering, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. Upon our listing on the NYSE, each committee’s charter will be available on our website at www.on24.com.

Audit Committee

The members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Zwarenstein, Federman and Trempont, with Mr. Zwarenstein serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is “independent” as that term is defined in the SEC and the NYSE rules, meets the heightened independence requirements for audit committees required under Section 10A of the Exchange Act and related SEC and the NYSE rules, and has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the Audit Committee. Our board of directors has designated Mr. Zwarenstein as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

   

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

119


Table of Contents
   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

Compensation Committee

The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Trempont, Staude and Zwarenstein with Mr. Trempont serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the Compensation Committee is “independent” as that term is defined in SEC and the NYSE rules, meets the heightened independence requirements for compensation committee purposes under Section 10C of the Exchange Act and related SEC and the NYSE rules, and is a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

reviewing and approving our philosophy, policies and plans with respect to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation advisors;

 

   

overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation; and

 

   

preparing the Compensation Committee reports required by the SEC, including our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Effective upon the closing of this offering Dominique Trempont, Denise Persson and Irwin Federman will serve on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Trempont. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is “independent” as defined in the NYSE rules. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

   

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

   

identifying and screening individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

   

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

 

120


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee has during the prior fiscal year been one of our officers or employees or had a relationship requiring disclosure under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

121


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2020, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

   

Sharat Sharan, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Jayesh Sahasi, our Chief Technology Officer; and

 

   

James Blackie, our Chief Revenue Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Name and principal position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
awards
($)(1)
    All other
compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Sharat Sharan

    2020     $ 469,400     $ 752,000     $ 7,561,200     $ 27,982 (2)    $ 8,810,582  

Chief Executive Officer

    2019       425,000       374,425       —         41,678 (3)      841,103  

Jayesh Sahasi

    2020       425,000       329,200       3,160,580       24,657 (4)      3,939,437  

Chief Technology Officer

    2019       373,750       117,511       —         21,573 (5)      512,834  

James Blackie

    2020       441,667       20,000       2,265,220       483,312 (6)      3,210,199  

Chief Revenue Officer

    2019       400,000       —         —         269,396 (7)      669,396  

 

(1)

The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted under our 2014 Stock Option Plan during the indicated fiscal year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officers.

(2)

The amounts disclosed consist primarily of medical costs of $24,046 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Sharan.

(3)

The amounts disclosed consist primarily of (i) medical costs of $23,930 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Sharan and (ii) annual membership dues of $14,118 for The Presidents Club.

(4)

The amounts disclosed consist primarily of medical costs of $24,046 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Sahasi.

(5)

The amounts disclosed represent medical costs of $21,573 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Sahasi.

(6)

The amounts disclosed consist primarily of (i) commissions of $465,762 and (ii) medical costs of $16,938 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Blackie.

(7)

The amounts disclosed represent (i) commissions of $240,114, (ii) medical costs of $16,858 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Blackie and (iii) annual membership dues of $12,422 for The Presidents Club.

Employment Arrangements

We intend to enter into new continuing employment letters with certain senior management personnel in connection with this offering, including our named executive officers.

 

122


Table of Contents

Sharat Sharan

In January 2021, we entered into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Sharan, our Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors. The employment letter does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Sharan’s employment is at-will. Commencing on January 1, 2021, Mr. Sharan’s base salary is $                 and his annual target bonus is $                . Mr. Sharan is eligible to participate in our standard health and welfare benefits programs.

Jayesh Sahasi

In January 2021, we entered into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Sahasi, our Chief Technology Officer. The employment letter does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Sahasi’s employment is at-will. Commencing on January 1, 2021, Mr. Sahasi’s base salary is $425,000 and his annual target bonus is $235,000. Mr. Sahasi is eligible to participate in our standard health and welfare benefits programs.

James Blackie

In January 2021, we entered into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Blackie, our Chief Revenue Officer. The employment letter does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Blackie’s employment is at-will. Commencing on January 1, 2021, Mr. Blackie’s base salary is $450,000 and his annual target bonus is $350,000. Mr. Blackie is eligible to participate in our standard health and welfare benefits programs.

Executive Severance Program

In July 2019 we entered into severance program agreements with our executive officers, excluding Mr. Sharan. Under the severance program agreements, if we terminate the employment of our executive officers without “cause,” he or she is entitled to receive a severance payment equivalent to six months of his or her base salary and reimbursement of up to six months of COBRA premiums, in addition to standard entitlements such as earned but unpaid wages, including any bonus he or she is otherwise entitled to, reimbursement for unpaid expenses incurred and payment of other vested benefits.

If, on or within twelve months of a “change in control,” an executive officer’s employment is terminated without “cause,” or if he or she resigns for “good reason,” he or she is entitled to receive a severance payment equivalent to one year of his or her then-current base salary, accelerated vesting of 100% of the shares underlying his or her then-unvested equity awards and reimbursement of up to twelve months of COBRA premiums, in addition to standard entitlements such as earned but unpaid wages, including any bonus he or she is otherwise entitled to, reimbursement for unpaid expenses incurred and payment of other vested benefits.

Under the severance program, “cause” means (i) theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the executive’s material failure to abide by our code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the executive’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a ours (including, without limitation, the executive’s improper use or disclosure of our or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the executive which has a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business; (v) the executive’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from us of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the executive of any employment or service agreement between the executive and us, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such

 

123


Table of Contents

agreement; or (vii) the executive’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the executive’s ability to perform his or her duties with us.

Under the severance program, “change in control” means (i) a transaction in which the stockholders of ON24 immediately before the transaction do not retain immediately after the transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or the entity to which all or substantially all of our assets were transferred or (ii) a date specified by the board of directors following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of ON24, unless a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of incumbent directors. This offering will not constitute a change in control under the severance program.

Under the severance program agreement, “good reason” means resignation from employment with us following the occurrence of any of the following events without the executive’s prior written consent: (i) a significant reduction in the executive’s duties, position or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, other than where the executive is asked to assume substantially similar duties and responsibilities in a larger entity after such change in control (which may involve a different title); (ii) a material reduction in current base salary; or (iii) a relocation to a worksite that is more than 50 miles from the then-existing worksite.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.

 

           Option Awards(1)     Stock Awards(1)  

Name

   Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Options
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares

or Units
of Stock
That

Have Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
 

Sharat Sharan

     12/11/2020 (3)      —         20,802     $ 14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     12/11/2020 (3)      —         439,198       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     3/16/2020 (4)      —         102,873       2.32       3/15/2030       —       —  
     3/16/2020 (4)      —         297,127       2.32       3/15/2030       —       —  
     12/21/2018 (5)      427,950       —         2.44       12/21/2028       —       —  
     1/4/2016 (6)      68,181       —       1.98       1/4/2026       —       —  
     1/4/2016 (6)      409,201       —       1.98       1/4/2026       —       —  
     7/24/2015 (7)      497,642       —       1.95       7/24/2025       —       —  
     9/15/2014 (8)      133,334       —       1.95       8/7/2024       —       —  
     9/15/2014 (8)      66,666       —       1.95       8/7/2024       —       —  
     6/17/2014 (9)      —         —       —         —         187,500   $ 472,500
     9/17/2013 (10)      1,282       —       1.95       9/16/2023       —       —  
     9/17/2013 (10)      198,718       —       1.95       9/16/2023       —       —  
     1/5/2012 (11)      1,282       —       1.95       1/4/2022       —       —  
     1/5/2012 (11)      248,718       —       1.95       1/4/2022       —       —  
     3/2/2010 (12)      130,000       —       1.13       3/1/2020       —       —  
     3/2/2010 (12)      30,000       —       1.13       3/1/2020       —       —  

 

124


Table of Contents
           Option Awards(1)     Stock Awards(1)  

Name

   Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Options
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares

or Units
of Stock
That

Have Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
 

Jayesh Sahasi

     12/11/2020 (13)      —         17,299       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     12/11/2020 (13)      —         183,701       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     1/17/2020 (14)      —         90,914       2.32       1/16/2030       —       —  
     1/17/2020 (14)      —         22,086       2.32       1/16/2030       —       —  
     12/21/2018 (15)      26,043       —         2.44       12/21/2028       —       —  

James Blackie

     12/11/2020 (16)      —         30,674       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     12/11/2020 (16)      —         110,326       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     1/17/2020 (17)      —         77,084       2.32       1/16/2030       —       —  
     1/17/2020 (17)      22,916       —         2.32       1/16/2030       —       —  
     12/9/2016 (18)      192,304       —         2.08       12/9/2026       —       —  
     12/9/2016 (18)      207,696       —       2.08       12/9/2026       —       —  

 

(1)

All of the option and stock awards were granted pursuant to our 2014 Stock Option Plan, the terms of which plan is described below under “— Equity Incentive Plans.”

(2)

All of the option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors or compensation committee.

(3)

The option vests in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Sharan’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(4)

The option vests in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Sharan’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(5)

The option vests as to 146,700 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2019 and 281,250 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2020, subject to Mr. Sharan’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(6)

The option vested as to 93,750 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from December 10, 2015, 109,166 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from December 10, 2016, 128,666 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from December 10, 2017 and 145,800 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from December 10, 2018.

(7)

The option vests as to 136,955 shares vest on December 8, 2018, 12,078 shares each month thereafter for 24 months, and an additional 4,167 shares vest each month thereafter for 17 months, subject to Mr. Sharan’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(8)

The option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on September 8, 2014 and the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter.

(9)

All of the stock awards vest based on the satisfaction of both of two conditions before the expiration date (i) satisfaction of a service condition of one year and (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event defined as a change of control or an initial public offering. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

(10)

The option vested in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on June 29, 2013.

(11)

The option vested in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on February 5, 2012.

(12)

The option vested in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on April 1, 2010.

(13)

The option vests in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Sahasi’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(14)

The option vests in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Sahasi’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

 

125


Table of Contents
(15)

The option vested as to 35,000 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2019, 31,937 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2020, 41,816 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2021 and 47,385 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2022.

(16)

The option vests in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Blackie’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(17)

The option vests in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2020, subject to Mr. Blackie’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(18)

The option vests as to one-fourth of the shares on December 5, 2017 and the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments measured from December 5, 2017, subject to Mr. Blackie’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

Equity Incentive Plans

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

In                2021 our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. We intend to use the 2021 Plan following the closing of this offering to provide incentives that will assist us to attract, retain, and motivate employees, including officers, consultants, and directors. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, and units and other cash-based or share-based awards. In addition, the 2021 Plan contains a mechanism through which we may adopt a deferred compensation arrangement in the future.

A total of                shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1, 2022 and each subsequent anniversary through 2031, by an amount equal to the smaller of:

 

   

                % of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31; and

 

   

an amount determined by our board of directors.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the 2021 Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

The shares available under the 2021 Plan will not be reduced by awards settled in cash, but will be reduced by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to stock options and stock appreciation rights (but not other types of awards). The gross number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the 2021 Plan.

The 2021 Plan generally will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan, the compensation committee will determine in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2021 Plan and awards granted under it. The 2021 Plan provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer, or employee against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2021 Plan.

During any year, no non-employee director may be granted one or more awards pursuant to the Plan which in the aggregate are for more than a number of shares of our common stock determined by

 

126


Table of Contents

dividing $250,000 by the fair market value of a share of our stock determined on the last trading day immediately preceding the date on which the award is granted.

The 2021 Plan will authorize the compensation committee, without further stockholder approval, to provide for the cancellation of stock options or stock appreciation rights with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date of grant in exchange for new options or other equity awards with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or a cash payment.

Awards may be granted under the 2021 Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

 

   

Stock options. We may grant non-statutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

   

Stock appreciation rights. A stock appreciation right, or SAR, gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation in shares of our common stock or in cash.

 

   

Restricted stock. The administrator may grant restricted stock awards either as a bonus or as a purchase right at a price determined by the administrator. Shares of restricted stock remain subject to forfeiture until vested, based on such terms and conditions as the administrator specifies. Holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that the dividends may be subject to the same vesting conditions as the related shares.

 

   

Restricted stock units. Restricted stock units, or RSUs, represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Performance awards. Performance awards, consisting of either performance shares or performance units, are awards that will result in a payment to their holder only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. The administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based on one or more measures of business performance, such as revenue, gross margin, net income or total stockholder return. To the extent earned, performance awards may be settled in cash, in shares of our common stock or a combination of both in the discretion of the administrator. Holders of performance shares or performance units have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant performance shares that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Cash-based awards and other share-based awards. The administrator may grant cash-based awards that specify a monetary payment or range of payments or other share-based awards that specify a number or range of shares or units that, in either case, are subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Settlement of these awards may be in cash or

 

127


Table of Contents
 

shares of our common stock, as determined by the administrator. Their holders will have no voting rights or right to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of our common stock are issued pursuant to the awards. The administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights with respect to other share-based awards.

In the event of a change in control as described in the 2021 Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the 2021 Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. The compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all awards held by members of the board of directors who are not employees will automatically be accelerated in full. Any awards that are not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in an award agreement governing any award, as determined by the compensation committee, any award that is not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control shall, subject to the provisions of applicable law, become fully vested and exercisable or settleable immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the change in control. The 2021 Plan will also authorize the compensation committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

The 2021 Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated by our board of directors, provided, however, that all awards will be granted, if at all, within ten years of its effective date. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2021 Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options, or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In                2021 our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for future issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on January 1, 2022 and each subsequent anniversary through 2031, equal to the smallest of:

 

   

1,300,000 shares of our common stock; or

 

   

1.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31; or

 

   

an amount determined by our board of directors.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are cancelled will again become available for issuance under the ESPP.

The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the ESPP and have full authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP. The ESPP provides, subject to certain limitations, for

 

128


Table of Contents

indemnification by us of any director, officer or employee against all judgments, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the ESPP.

All of our employees, including our named executive officers, and employees of any of our subsidiaries designated by the compensation committee are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, subject to any local law requirements applicable to participants in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock or options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which the right to be granted would be outstanding at any time.

The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code but also permits us to include our non-U.S. employees in offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423. The ESPP will typically be implemented through consecutive six-month offering periods. Offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after May 16 and November 16 of each year, except for the first such offering period, which will commence on the effective date of this offering and will end on November 15, 2021. The administrator may, in its discretion, establish the terms of future offering periods, including establishing offering periods of up to 27 months and providing for multiple purchase dates. The administrator may vary certain terms and conditions of separate offerings for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries where required by local law or desirable to obtain intended tax or accounting treatment.

In general, the ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 20% of their eligible cash compensation, which includes a participant’s regular base wages or salary and payments of overtime, shift premiums and paid time off before deduction of taxes and certain compensation deferrals. Amounts deducted and accumulated from participant compensation, or otherwise funded through other means in any participating non-U.S. jurisdiction in which payroll deductions are not permitted, are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period.

Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date and the first day of the offering period. In any event, the purchase price in any offering period may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or on the purchase date, whichever is less. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will receive a refund of their account balances not yet used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment.

Each participant in an offering will have an option to purchase for each month contained in the offering period a number of shares determined by dividing $2,083.33 by the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or 200 shares, if less, and except as limited in order to comply with Section 423 of the Code. Prior to the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, the

 

129


Table of Contents

administrator will make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts withheld from a participant’s compensation in excess of the amounts used to purchase shares (other than a fractional share amount carried over) will be refunded, without interest unless otherwise required by a participant’s local law.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume our rights and obligations under outstanding purchase rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.

The ESPP will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. The compensation committee has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the ESPP at any time.

2014 Stock Option Plan

The 2014 Plan was originally adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in June 2014. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2014 Plan is 16,407,541. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will terminate the 2014 Plan and we will not grant any further awards under such plan, but the 2014 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. Our compensation committee administers the 2014 Plan and has the authority, among other things, to construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

The 2014 Plan permits the grant of options. As of September 30, 2020, we had options to purchase 9,026,920 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2014 Plan, including shares issuable upon the settlement of an outstanding RSU. Appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to the number of shares subject to outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares or similar change in our capital structure, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to our stockholders in a form other than shares (excepting normal cash dividends). All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

 

   

Stock options. We may grant non-statutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

   

Restricted stock units. RSUs represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

In its discretion, our compensation committee may provide for acceleration of the exercisability, vesting or settlement of awards in connection with a “change in control,” as defined under the 2014 Plan,

 

130


Table of Contents

of each or any outstanding award or portion thereof and common stock acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the plan participant’s service prior to, upon or following such change in control, and to such extent as our compensation committee determines. In the event of a change in control, the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be, may, without the consent of any plan participant, either assume or continue the rights and obligations under each or any award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the change in control or substitute for each or any such outstanding award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the stock of the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as applicable. Any award or portion thereof which is neither assumed nor continued by the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof in connection with the change in control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the change in control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the change in control.

2000 Stock Option Plan

Our 2000 Stock Option Plan, or the 2000 Plan, expired in 2010 but continues to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of September 30, 2020, we had options to purchase 733,744 shares of common stock outstanding under our 2000 Plan. Our compensation committee administers our 2000 Plan and has the authority, among other things, to construe and interpret the terms of our 2000 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

Appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to the number of shares subject to outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares or similar change in our capital structure, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the our stockholders in a form other than shares (excepting normal cash dividends).

In the event of a “change in control,” as defined under the 2000 Plan, each outstanding award or portion thereof shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be, may, without the consent of any plan participant. Any award or portion thereof which is neither assumed nor continued by the successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof in connection with the change in control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the change in control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the change in control.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a retirement savings plan, or 401(k) Plan, for the benefit of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers. Our 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Each participant in the 401(k) Plan may contribute up to the statutory limit of his or her pre-tax compensation. In addition, we can make discretionary matching contributions. All salary deferrals, rollovers and matching contributions are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) Plan provides for automatic salary deferrals of 3% of compensation with a 1% escalator each year. Participants are permitted to waive the automatic deferral provision.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not

 

131


Table of Contents

be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our Bylaws will also provide that we may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent (including the advancement of the final disposition of any action or proceeding), and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these Bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal compensation policy for our non-employee directors. From time to time, we have paid cash or granted equity awards to certain non-employee directors to entice them to join, and for their continued service on, our board of directors. We also have reimbursed our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees. The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee-directors for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Option
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Irwin Federman

                           

Mark Hoffman(1)

                           

Denise Persson

   $ 18,984                    $ 18,984  

Holger Staude

                           

Dominique Trempont

     51,000                      51,000  

Barry Zwarenstein

     17,795                      17,795  

 

(1)

Mr. Hoffman resigned from our board of directors in August 2020.

 

132


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Following the closing of this offering, each of our non-employee directors will receive annual cash compensation as follows:

 

   

$30,000 for service on our board of directors;

 

   

$10,000 for service on the audit committee of our board of directors, with an additional $10,000 for serving as its chair;

 

   

$6,000 for service on the compensation committee of our board of directors, with an additional $6,000 for serving as its chair; and

 

   

$3,750 for service on the nominating a corporate governance committee of our board of directors, with an additional $3,750 for serving as its chair.

These amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears following the end of each quarter in which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial service.

In addition, each new non-employee director who joins our board of directors after this offering will automatically receive an RSU for common stock having a value of $450,000 based on the average fair market value of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to and ending on the date of grant, or an Initial RSU. Each Initial RSU will vest over three years, with one-third of the Initial RSU vesting on the first, second, and third anniversary of the date of grant. In addition, on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each person who is then a non-employee director will automatically receive an RSU for common stock having a value of $175,000 based on the average fair market value of the underlying common stock for the 20 trading days prior to and ending on the date of grant, or an Annual RSU. Each Annual RSU will vest on the earlier of (i) the date of the following year’s annual meeting of our stockholders (or the date immediately prior to the next annual meeting of our stockholders if the non-employee director’s service as a director ends at such meeting due to the director’s failure to be re-elected or the director not standing for re-election); or (ii) the first anniversary of the date of grant. Vesting of Initial RSUs and Annual RSUs is subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service on each applicable vesting date. For each non-employee director who remains in continuous service with us until immediately prior to a “change of control” (as defined in the 2021 Plan), the shares subject to his or her then outstanding equity awards will become fully vested as of immediately prior to the change of control.

We will reimburse each non-employee director for ordinary, necessary, and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at, and participation in, meetings of our board of directors and any of its committees.

 

133


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described in the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2017, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of 5% or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

Class B-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In April 2019, we entered into a Class B-1 preferred stock purchase agreement pursuant to which we sold to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, a holder of more than 5% of our common stock on an as-converted basis, 2,310,067 shares of our Class B-1 preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.82 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.0 million.

Agreements with our Stockholders

In connection with our Class B-1 convertible preferred stock financing, in April 2019 we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, or the Investors’ Rights Agreement, an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, or the Co-Sale Agreement, and an amended and restated voting agreement, or the Voting Agreement, in each case with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, U.S. Venture Partners VII, L.P., or U.S. Venture Partners, Canaan Equity Aggregator LLC, or Canaan Equity, Rho Ventures Holdings LLC, Joseph (Yosi) Amram, Sharat Sharan and Jayesh Sahasi. The Investors’ Rights Agreement provides certain information and registration rights. All rights under the Investors’ Right Agreement, other than the registration rights, terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering. See the “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” section of this prospectus for more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement. The Co-Sale Agreement provides certain rights to purchase securities offered by, and to co-sell along with, a proposed seller of securities. The Co-Sale Agreement will terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering.

The Voting Agreement contains provisions with respect to the election of our board of directors and its composition. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, the following directors were each elected to serve as members on our board of directors: Sharat Sharan, Irwin Federman, Holger Staude, Dominique Trempont and Mark Hoffman. Other than Mr. Hoffman, each of these directors continues to serve on our board of directors. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, Mr. Sharan, as our Chief Executive Officer, serves on our board of directors as a representative of our common stockholders, as designated by the holders of a majority of our common stock. Mr. Federman was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of holders of our Class A convertible preferred stock, as designated by U.S. Venture Partners. Mr. Staude was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of holders of our Class B convertible preferred stock, as designated by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC. Each of Messrs. Trempont and Hoffman were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of holders of our common stock and preferred stock, as designated by a majority of our common and preferred stockholders, voting together as a single class. The Voting Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Loan Agreements with Messrs. Trempont and Sharan

In February 2020, we loaned Mr. Trempont, a member of our board of directors, $194,600 pursuant to a promissory note, or the Trempont Note, bearing interest at a rate of 2.1% per annum and maturing on the earliest to occur of February 17, 2030, (ii) a sale or other disposition or transfer of the collateral securing the Trempont Note or (iii) (x) the fifth day prior to the date on which we file an initial

 

134


Table of Contents

registration statement under the Securities Act, (y) immediately prior to the date on which we first become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (z) on such other date as may be reasonably necessary for us to comply with the provisions of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Trempont Note was repaid in full prior to the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

In February 2020, we loaned Mr. Sharan, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, $240,000 pursuant to a promissory note, or the Sharan Note, bearing interest at a rate of 2.1% per annum and maturing on the earliest to occur of (i) February 18, 2030, (ii) a sale or other disposition or transfer of the collateral securing the Sharan Note or (iii) (x) the fifth day prior to the date on which we file an initial registration statement under the Securities Act, (y) immediately prior to the date on which we first become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (z) on such other date as may be reasonably necessary for us to comply with the provisions of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sharan Note was repaid in full prior to the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Consulting Agreement

InfoHorizon, LLC provides information technology software development to us. Nitin Jain, the brother-in-law of our executive officer Jayesh Sahasi, is the chief executive officer of InfoHorizon, LLC.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we paid InfoHorizon, LLC $1.3 million, $1.8 million, $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Eric Federman’s Employment

Eric Federman, the son of our director Irwin Federman, is one of our employees. His annual base salary is $160,000 and he is eligible to participate in our equity incentive and other employee benefit plans and programs.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those

 

135


Table of Contents

that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

136


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2020, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, which generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020. Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information in the table below does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 38,311,103 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on                shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, convertible securities or other rights, held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, are considered outstanding. We did not, however, deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o 50 Beale Street, 8th Floor, San Francisco, California 94015.

 

     Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
     Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %      Shares      %  

5% and Greater Stockholders:

           

Entities affiliated with U.S. Venture Partners VII, L.P.(1)

     7,675,423        20.0        

Canaan Equity Aggregator LLC(2)

     6,226,268        16.3        

Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC(3)

     5,543,918        14.5        

Rho Ventures III Holdings LLC(4)

     3,932,859        10.3        

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Sharat Sharan(5)

     4,409,312        10.9        

Jayesh Sahasi

     754,045        2.0        

James Blackie

     435,041        1.1        

Irwin Federman(6)

     7,685,839        20.1        

Denise Persson

     20,833        *        

Holger Staude

     10,416        *        

Dominique Trempont

     283,366        *        

Barry Zwarenstein

     5,834        *        

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

     13,760,222        33.5        

 

137


Table of Contents

 

*

less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of (i) 7,368,405 shares held by U.S. Venture Partners VII, L.P. (“USVP VII”), (ii) 153,508 shares held by 2180 Associates Fund VII, L.P. (“Associates VII”), (iii) 76,755 shares held by USVP Entrepreneur Partners VII-A, L.P. (“USVP VII-A”) and (iv) 76,755 shares held by USVP Entrepreneur Partners VII-B, L.P. (“USVP VII-B”, and together with USVP VII, Associates VII and USVP VII-A, the “USVP VII Funds”). Presidio Management Group VII, L.L.C. (“PMG VII”), the general partner of each of the USVP VII Funds, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the USVP VII Funds. Irwin Federman, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of PMG VII with additional rights with respect to the shares held by the USVP VII Funds, and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares. Casey M. Tansey, the sole managing partner of PMG VII, may be deemed to have sole dispositive power and shared voting power over the shares held by the USVP VII Funds. Each of the foregoing persons disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is 1460 El Camino Real, Suite 100, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(2)

Canaan Extend Fund L.P., or Canaan Extend Fund, is the sole owner of Canaan Equity. Canaan Extend Fund, LLC is the general partner of the Canaan Extend Fund and may be deemed to have sole investment and voting power over the shares held by the Canaan Extend Fund. Deepak Kamra, a managing member of Canaan Extend Fund, LLC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Canaan Extend Fund except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in the shares. The mailing address for Canaan Equity is 1624 Market Street, Suite 226 PMB 29471 Denver, CO 80202.

(3)

The shares are held of record by Special Situations Investing Group II, LLC, which is an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, a New York limited liability company and a broker-dealer. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is a member of the New York Stock Exchange and other national exchanges. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is a direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., or GS Group. GS Group is a public entity and its common stock is publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The shares of common stock held by Special Situations Investing Group II, LLC were acquired in the ordinary course of its investment business and not for the purpose of resale or distribution. GS Group may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by Special Situations Investing Group II, LLC. GS Group disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address for Special Situations Investing Group II, LLC is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.

(4)

Rho Capital Partners LLC is the managing member of Rho Ventures III Holdings LLC or Rho Ventures, and may be deemed to have sole investment and voting power over the shares held by Rho Ventures. Habib Kairouz, Mark Leschly and Joshua Ruch are the managing members of Rho Capital Partners LLC and disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by Rho Ventures except to the extent of their pecuniary interest in the shares. The mailing address for Rho Ventures is 152 West 57th Street, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(5)

Consists of (i) 2,187,172 shares of common stock held directly by Sharat Sharan, (ii) 100,000 shares held by Mr. Sharan’s daughter and (iii) 2,122,140 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020.

(6)

Consists of (i) 10,416 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020 and (ii) 7,368,405 shares held by USVP VII, (iii) 153,508 shares held by Associates VII, (iv) 76,755 shares held by USVP VII-A and (v) 76,755 shares held by USVP VII-B. Mr. Federmanan is a managing member of PMG VII with additional rights with respect to the shares held by the USVP VII Funds, and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares. Mr. Federman disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities held by the USVP VII Funds, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

 

138


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

As of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

The following descriptions of our capital stock, provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and the Investors’ Rights Agreement are summaries and are qualified by reference to the full text of those documents, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The following summary of relevant provisions of the DGCL is qualified by the full text of such provisions. The description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur prior to the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

As of September 30, 2020, we had 10,742,141 shares of common stock outstanding and 27,227,466 shares of preferred stock outstanding. After giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that will vest in connection with this offering, there would have been 38,157,107 shares of common stock outstanding on September 30, 2020, held of record by 305 stockholders.

The holders of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock will be entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, that may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. Following the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our Certificate of Incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our common stock. Our board of directors will be able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

   

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

   

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

139


Table of Contents
   

the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

   

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

   

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs;

 

   

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

   

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, holders of 31,050,643 shares of our common stock, which shares we refer to as “registrable securities,” will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these registrable securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of the Investors’ Rights Agreement. The Investors’ Rights Agreement includes demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

All underwriting discounts applicable to the sale of registrable securities pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall be borne by the holders of registrable securities participating in such sale. Any additional expenses incurred in connection with exercise of registration rights under the Investors’ Rights Agreement, including all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of our counsel shall be borne by us. We are also responsible for the costs and fees, not to exceed $15,000 resulting from any special audit required if we are unable to use year-end financial statements in any registration statement.

Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in an underwritten offering by holders of registrable securities to the number of shares which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering.

Demand Registration Rights

Under the terms of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, at any time after the six-month anniversary of the effective date of this offering, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to demand registration rights under certain conditions. We are required, upon the written request of (i) holders of at least 20% of the then outstanding registrable securities (or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate offering price of such shares, net of underwriting discounts, is greater than $10.0 million) or (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock, or the Class B Majority, or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, or the

 

140


Table of Contents

Class B-1 Majority, to use our diligent best efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the registrable securities identified by the holders initiating such request so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts of such registrable securities pursuant to such registration would be at least $10.0 million.

We are not required to effect more than two demand registrations, provided that we have effected an aggregate of two registrations requested by such Class B Majority or Class B-1 Majority. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. Additionally, we are not obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to these demand registration rights (i) within six months following the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to an underwritten public offering of securities for our own account (other than a registration relating solely to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the registrable securities) and (ii) if at the time we receive a request to register registrable securities we are engaged or have plans to engage within 60 days of the time of the request in a registered public offering as to which the registrable securities may be included for a period not to exceed 180 days from the effective date of the offering, provided that we are actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, provided further, that no other person or entity could require us to file a registration statement during such period. Such right to delay a request may be exercised by us not more than once in any two-year period.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related solely to an employee benefit plan, a registration related solely to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or any rule adopted by the SEC in substitution thereof or amendment thereto, or a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of registrable securities, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration.

Anti-Takeover Matters in our Governing Documents and Under Delaware Law

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will contain, and the DGCL contains, provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control, and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an antitakeover effect and may delay, deter, or prevent a merger or acquisition by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of

 

141


Table of Contents

the NYSE. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger, or otherwise.

Classified Board of Directors

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms. Directors may only be removed from our board of directors for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. After this offering, a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors will hold office until the next election of the director’s class and until the director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers, changes in control of us or changes in our management.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

After this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which is an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or another transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock or is the corporation’s affiliate or associate and was the owner of 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately before the date of determination. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions that are not approved in advance by our board, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Certificate of Incorporation will not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chair of the board of directors or our Chief Executive Officer. Our Bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management.

 

142


Table of Contents

Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our Bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our Bylaws will allow the chair of a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of that meeting that may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at that meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay, or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Upon the closing of this offering, our Bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.7% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.7% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation described above.

The foregoing provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

Exclusive Forum

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the sole and exclusive forum

 

143


Table of Contents

for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, agent, or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. It will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The exclusive forum clauses described above shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of applicable law in the types of lawsuits to which they apply, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings and there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions. In addition, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. It is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the corporation or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the director’s duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our Bylaws will generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

144


Table of Contents

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ONTF”.

 

145


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020,                shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock not sold in this offering will be, and shares subject to stock options will, upon issuance, be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities exchangeable or exercisable for our capital stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all                shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

   

beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the remaining 38,157,107 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, and will not cause or direct any of our or their respective affiliates to, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by such holder or someone other than such holder), or transfer of any of the economic consequences

 

146


Table of Contents

of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of common stock or derivative instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clauses (i) or (ii) above. However, such lock-up period will end with respect to 20% of the shares subject to each lock-up agreement if at any time beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus (1) we have filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K and (2) the last reported closing price of our common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our common stock for 10 out of any 15 consecutive trading days, including the last day, ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus; and provided further that, if such early release date occurs within a trading black-out period under our insider trading policy, (i) the above referenced early release will be delayed until immediately prior to the opening of trading on the second trading day following the date on which we next publicly announce operating results for the previous fiscal quarter and (ii) no early release will occur unless the last reported closing price of our common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our common stock on the first trading day following that public announcement. In addition, we may elect that no early release will occur, and we will publicly announce such decision at least two trading days prior to the scheduled early release date by press release or on a Form 8-K filed with the SEC. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to lock-up agreements at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

With respect to the lock-up agreement to be entered into by us, the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to (i) shares of our common stock issued as a bona fide gift to a charitable organization, provided that such transfer cannot be for value, the recipient of such shares must agree in writing to be bound by the lock-up restrictions and the value at issuance of the shares issued pursuant to this clause (i) may not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate, calculated based on the initial public offering price, and (ii) shares issued in connection with the acquisition by us of the securities, business, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by us in such an acquisition, provided that the recipient of such shares must agree in writing to be bound by the lock-up restrictions and the shares issued pursuant to this clause (ii) may not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering.

With respect to the lock-up agreements to be entered into by our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock, the restrictions described in the second preceding paragraph will not apply to (i) transfers to the underwriters in connection with this offering; (ii) bona fide gifts or transfers made for bona fide estate planning purposes; (iii) transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or the immediate family of such person; (iv) transfers upon death or by will or intestacy; (v) transfers of securities acquired by such person from the underwriters in connection with this offering or in open market transactions after this offering; (vi) if such person is an entity, transfers to such person’s affiliates, including distributions to such person’s members, partners or stockholders; (vii) transfers to us pursuant to the exercise, including a “net” or “cashless” exercise, of options granted pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in this prospectus; (viii) transfers pursuant to a

 

147


Table of Contents

qualified domestic order or divorce settlement; (ix) transfers to us in connection with our repurchase of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to an employee benefit plan or other agreement described in this prospectus, in each case upon termination of such person’s relationship with us; (x) transfers pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of us; and (xi) transfers to us in connection with the conversion or reclassification of our outstanding equity securities into common stock or any reclassification or conversion of our common stock, in each case as described in this prospectus. Further, in the case of any transfer pursuant to sections (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) of the previous sentence, such transfer cannot be for value, and, in the case of any transfer pursuant to sections (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi) and (viii) of the previous sentence, the transferee must agree in writing to be bound by the lock-up restrictions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal                shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

148


Table of Contents

Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the closing of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

149


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences (other than those specifically set forth below) or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the IRS, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus supplement. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to an individual holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including:

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

partnerships or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations”;

 

   

“passive foreign investment companies”;

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

 

   

persons that own or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

persons who have elected to mark securities to market; and

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.

 

150


Table of Contents

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are an individual non-U.S. citizen, you may, in some cases, be deemed to be a resident alien (as opposed to a nonresident alien) by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. Generally, for this purpose, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year, are counted.

Resident aliens are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Individuals who are uncertain of their status as resident or nonresident aliens for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

If we distribute cash or other property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts distributed in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any distribution in excess of a non-U.S. basis will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described in the “Gain On Disposition of Our Common Stock” section below.

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish the applicable withholding agent with a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable form) certifying such non-U.S. holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to the applicable withholding agent before the payment of

 

151


Table of Contents

dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, provided that the non-U.S. holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent.

However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a “U.S. real property interest” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.

Determining whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe we are not currently and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there can be no assurance we will not in the future become a USRPHC.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as

 

152


Table of Contents

adjusted for certain items. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Gain described in the third bullet point above will generally be subject to. federal income tax in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to any provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and, therefore, will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise. The terms “resident” and “nonresident” are defined differently for U.S. federal estate tax purposes than for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Withholding on Foreign Entities

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, as reflected in Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid in respect of our common stock and the gross proceeds of disposition on our common stock, made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain

 

153


Table of Contents

account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid in respect of our common stock and the gross proceeds of disposition on our common stock, made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent a certification identifying certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. FATCA currently applies to dividends paid on our common stock. Proposed Treasury Regulations, which may be relied upon until final Treasury Regulations are finalized, currently eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock.

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS SUCH AS ESTATE AND GIFT TAX.

 

154


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                                   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional                 shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                 additional shares.

 

Paid by Us

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                        $                    

Total

   $        $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of our common stock, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of our common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed or will agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of such agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

155


Table of Contents

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ONTF”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $                million.

We will agree to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to any applicable state securities filings and to FINRA incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $35,000. We will also agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

An affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter of this offering, beneficially owns all of our outstanding shares of our Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock as of September 30, 2020, which

 

156


Table of Contents

will automatically convert into shares of common stock representing approximately 14.5% of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. As a result, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. is acting as the “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. will not receive any additional fees for serving as the “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with this offering. We will agree to indemnify KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as the “qualified independent underwriter,” including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. may be required to make in that respect.

An employee of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Holger Staude, serves on our board of directors pursuant to the Voting Agreement, which provides that holders of a majority of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of our Class B preferred stock have the right to appoint one member to our board of directors. Prior to this offering, entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC owned all of our Class B preferred stock. The Voting Agreement will terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with our Stockholders.”

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Member State), no common stock has been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

(b) by the underwriters to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior written consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of common stock shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a

 

157


Table of Contents

prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Member State who initially acquires any common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed with us and the representatives that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior written consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for our common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the company; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

158


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

Our common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Securities and Futures Ordinance), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where our common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired our common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (Regulation 32).

Where our common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired our common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a

 

159


Table of Contents

foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares of common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of our common stock should conduct their own due diligence on such shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Switzerland

The common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, our company or our common stock has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority and the offer of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of common stock.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other

 

160


Table of Contents

disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of our common stock may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer our common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of our common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares of our common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

161


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

DLA Piper LLP (US), Palo Alto, California will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, partners of DLA Piper LLP (US) beneficially own an aggregate of less than 1.0% of our common stock. The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The audit report covering the December 31, 2019 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and sales commissions as of January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred CostsContracts with Customers.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.on24.com where, upon closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

162


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

ON24, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ON24, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and sales commissions as of January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred CostsContracts with Customers.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.

San Francisco, California

October 27, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
    Pro Forma
September 30,
 
    2018     2019     2020     2020  
                (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,945     $  18,844     $  47,739     $ 47,739  

Short-term investments

    2,000       5,000       5,000       5,000  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $829, $912 and $1,577 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively

    17,914       22,602       42,577       42,577  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current

          5,571       8,981       8,981  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    2,137       2,220       4,293       4,293  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    28,996       54,237       108,590       108,590  

Property and equipment, net

    5,676       5,370       7,886       7,886  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent

          8,471       16,881       16,881  

Other long-term assets

    34       458       853       853  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $  34,706     $ 68,536     $ 134,210     $ 134,210  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,880     $ 2,109     $  3,738     $ 3,738  

Accrued liabilities

    11,593       11,372       14,084       14,084  

Deferred revenue

    35,050       44,441       87,195       87,195  

Long-term debt, current portion

    1,118       1,007       1,820       1,820  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    49,641       58,929       106,837       106,837  

Long-term debt

    19,958       23,058       24,635       24,635  

Other long-term liabilities

    4,222       3,900       3,863     3,863  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

  $ 73,821     $ 85,887     $ 135,335     $ 135,335  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 6)

       

Convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 21,848,815, 21,699,945 and 21,699,945 shares authorized, 21,683,024, 21,683,548, 21,683,548 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preferences of $102,774, $102,776 and $102,776 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

  $ 83,845     $ 83,857     $ 83,857     $  

Redeemable convertible Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 3,233,851, 5,543,918 and 5,543,918 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preferences of $35,000, $70,000 and $70,000 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

    35,000       70,000       70,000        

Stockholder’s deficit:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 60,000,000, 50,000,000, 50,000,000 and              shares authorized at December 31, 2018 and 2019, September 30, 2020 (unaudited) and September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited); 8,681,557, 8,953,967, 10,742,141 and              shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019, September 30, 2020 (unaudited) and September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited), respectively

    1       1       1       4  

Additional paid-in capital

    18,385       20,809       25,599       179,926  

Accumulated deficit

    (176,424     (192,016     (180,768     (181,241

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    78       (2     186       186  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

    (157,960     (171,208     (154,982     (1,125
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

  $ 34,706     $ 68,536     $ 134,210     $ 134,210  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

   $ 66,079     $ 72,589     $ 53,368     $ 81,379  

Professional services

     16,529       16,544       11,825       22,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     82,608       89,133       65,193       103,655  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

     14,232       16,730       12,571       14,405  

Professional services

     10,689       10,411       7,666       8,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,921       27,141       20,237       23,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,687       61,992       44,956       80,367  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     46,980       47,773       35,460       40,495  

Research and development

     14,343       15,730       11,660       13,272  

General and administrative

     13,299       14,590       10,928       14,370  

Other gains from operations

     (850                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73,772       78,093       58,048       68,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,085     (16,101     (13,092     12,230  

Interest expense, net

     1,052       1,029       799       633  

Other expense, net

     256       42       134       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,393     (17,172     (14,025     11,371  

Provision for income taxes

     198       355       44       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

           (10,047     (7,547      

Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

     (3,025     (4,774     (3,328     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (20,616   $ (32,348   $ (24,944   $ 7,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholder:

        

Basic

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       9,755,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       13,417,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic (unaudited)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted (unaudited)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic (unaudited)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted (unaudited)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     80       (80     (120     188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (17,511   $ (17,607   $ (14,189   $ 11,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
preferred stock
    Redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-
in

capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
(loss)
    Total
stockholders’
deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2017

    21,683,024     $ 83,845       3,233,851     $ 35,000       8,165,131     $           1     $ 16,549     $ (158,833   $ (2   $ (142,285

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            516,426             376                         —       376  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,460                   1,460  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                    80       80  

Net loss

                                              (17,591           (17,591
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    21,683,024     $ 83,845       3,233,851     $ 35,000       8,681,557     $ 1     $ 18,385     $ (176,424   $ 78     $ (157,960
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative-effect upon adoption of Topic 606

        $           $           $     $     $ 11,982     $     $ 11,982  

Issuance of Class B-1 convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million

                2,310,067       24,953                                      

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

                      10,047                         (10,047           (10,047

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            272,410             426                   426  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,998                   1,998  

Issuance of preferred stock upon exercise of preferred stock warrants

    524       12                                                  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                    (80     (80

Net loss

                                              (17,527           (17,527
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    21,683,548     $ 83,857       5,543,918     $ 70,000       8,953,967     $ 1     $ 20,809     $ (192,016   $ (2   $ (171,208
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

        $           $       1,788,174   $     $ 3,337     $     $     $ 3,337  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,453                   1,453  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                    188       188  

Net income

                                              11,248             11,248  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

    21,683,548     $ 83,857       5,543,918     $ 70,000       10,742,141     $ 1     $ 25,599     $ (180,768   $ 186     $ (154,982
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    21,683,024     $ 83,845       3,233,851     $ 35,000       8,681,557     $           1     $ 18,385     $ (176,424   $ 78     $ (157,960

Cumulative-effect upon adoption of Topic 606

                                              11,982                   —       11,982  

Issuance of Class B-1 convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million

                2,310,067       24,953                                      

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

                      7,547                         (7,547           (7,547

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            159,358           214                   214  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,314                   1,314  

Issuance of preferred stock upon exercise of preferred stock warrants

    524       12                                                  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                    (120     (120

Net loss

                                              (14,069           (14,069
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

    21,683,548     $ 83,857       5,543,918     $ 67,500       8,840,915     $ 1     $ 19,913     $ (186,058   $ (42   $ (166,186
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     1,982       2,329       1,742       1,930  

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,460       1,998       1,314       1,453  

Amortization of deferred contract acquisition cost

           7,012       5,203       7,460  

Provision for state and local tax

     58                    

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts and billing reserve

     651       743       529       1,449  

Noncash interest and dividends received

     (123     (148     (65     (117

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (3,304     (5,431     2,702       (21,424

Deferred contract acquisition cost

           (8,983     (5,264     (19,280

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (372     (270     (923     (2,422

Accounts payable

     (728     113       501       1,116  

Accrued liabilities

     829       (268     (2,030     2,709  

Other long-term liabilities

     3,727       (310     (274     (37

Deferred revenue

     4,772       9,392       3,540       42,754  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (8,639     (11,350     (7,094     26,839  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Purchase of property and equipment

     (3,432     (1,162     (1,031     (674

Purchase of short-term investments

     (11,600     (12,000     (12,000     (5,000

Proceeds from settlement of short-term investments

     18,980       9,000       2,000       5,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     3,948       (4,162     (11,031     (674
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from issuance of common stock resulting from exercise of options

     376       426       214       3,337  

Proceeds from issuance of Class B-1 preferred stock, net of issuance costs

           24,953       24,953        

Proceeds from long-term debt

     4,100       9,508       3,500       18,165  

Repayments of long-term debt

     (76     (6,193     (153     (18,129

Repayment of capital lease obligations

     (904     (1,114     (892     (826
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,496       27,580       27,622       2,547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     80       (80     (120     188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (1,115     11,988       9,377       28,900  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

     8,060       6,945       6,945       18,933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 6,945     $ 18,933     $ 16,322     $ 47,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds

   $ 155     $ 238     $ 95     $ 172  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

   $ 978     $ 1,392     $ 1,075     $ 724  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:

        

Equipment acquired under capital leases

   $ 1,686     $ 787     $ 519     $ 3,180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment acquisitions funded by liabilities

   $ 281     $ 74     $ 51     $ 871  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

   $     $ 10,047     $ 7,547     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

ON24, Inc. and its subsidiaries (together, ON24, the Company, we, us, or our) provides a leading, cloud-based digital experience platform that enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences. Our platform’s portfolio of interactive, personalized and content-rich digital experience products creates and captures actionable, real-time data at scale from millions of professionals every month to provide businesses with buying signals and behavioral insights to efficiently convert prospects into customers. The Company was incorporated in the state of Delaware in January 1998 as NewsDirect, Inc. In December 1998, the Company changed its name from NewsDirect, Inc. to ON24, Inc. The Company is headquartered in San Francisco, California and has offices in Charlotte, London, Sydney and Singapore.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year ends on December 31.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of ON24, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholder’s Deficit

We have presented unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit as of September 30, 2020 in order to show the assumed effect on the balance sheet of the automatic conversion of the outstanding convertible preferred stock upon the consummation of a qualified initial public offering (IPO) as described in Note             . Upon the consummation of an IPO, all of the shares of outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into              shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit does not give effect to any proceeds from the assumed IPO.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, the estimated expected benefit period for deferred contract acquisition costs, the determination of standalone selling price for our performance obligations, the allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful lives of long-lived assets, the value of common stock and other assumptions used to measure stock-based compensation, the valuation of deferred income tax assets and uncertain tax positions. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Risks

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments and accounts receivable. We

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

maintain our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments with high-quality financial institutions with investment-grade ratings. A majority of the cash balances are with U.S. banks and are insured to the extent defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

No single customer accounted for more than 5% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2018 or 2019 or September 30, 2020 (unaudited). No single customer accounted for more than 5% of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited).

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits and highly liquid investments, primarily money market funds purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted cash consists of term deposits to collateralize our Sydney operating lease. We had zero, $0.1 million and $0.1 million (unaudited) of restricted cash as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively, which are included in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $         6,945      $       18,844      $       47,739  

Restricted cash included in other long-term assets

            89        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 6,945      $ 18,933      $ 47,833  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments

The Company’s primary objectives of its investment activities are to preserve principal, provide liquidity, and maximize income without significantly increasing risk. The Company classifies its investments as available-for-sale at the time of purchase since it is intended that these investments are available for current operations. These investments are included within cash and cash equivalents on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Investments not considered cash equivalents and with maturities of one year or less from the consolidated balance sheet’s date are classified as short-term investments.

Investments are reported at fair value and are subject to periodic impairment review. Unrealized gains and losses related to changes in the fair value of these securities are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, unless they are determined to be other-than-temporary impairments. The ultimate value realized on these securities is subject to market price volatility until they are sold.

There were no material unrealized gains or losses from the Company’s short-term investments for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited). There were no other-than-temporary impairments as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Fair Value Measurements

The Company categorizes assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on its consolidated balance sheets based on the accounting guidance framework for measuring fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis, whereby inputs used in valuation techniques are assigned a hierarchical level.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. We measure assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy which requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. U.S. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, to measure the fair value:

Level 1 – Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – Inputs are unobservable based on the Company’s own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. The inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial or nonfinancial asset or liability. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties or significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and preferred stock warrant liability. The Company’s investment portfolio consists of money market funds and certificates of deposit, which are carried at fair value. The Company has determined the carrying value to be equal to the fair value and has classified these investments as Level 1 financial instruments.

Certain convertible preferred warrants are classified as Level 3 financial instruments. The balance of the convertible preferred warrants is insignificant, zero and zero (unaudited) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and at amounts for which revenue has been recognized but not invoiced, in each case net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on our assessment of the collectability of accounts. We regularly review the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors. In establishing any required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and our customers’ financial condition, the amount of any receivables in dispute, the current receivables aging and the current payment terms. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified. There were no material

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

impairment losses related to accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2018 or 2019. Please refer to the table below, which reflects impairment losses related to accounts receivable for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

The following table summarizes the allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited):

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
 
         2018              2019         2020  
                  (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $            163      $            389     $            514  

Charges to general and administrative expenses

     155        282       571  

Amounts written off and other adjustments

     71        (157     (201
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 389      $ 514     $ 884  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company maintains a billing reserve that represents potential billing adjustments that will be recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company’s billing reserve is based on known adjustments and an estimate using a percentage of revenue based on historical trends and experience.

The following table summarizes the billing reserve as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited):

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
 
         2018             2019         2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $            315     $            440     $            398  

Charges to revenue

     496       516       887  

Amounts written off and other adjustments

     (371     (558     (592
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 440     $ 398     $ 693  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts and billing reserve are included in accounts receivable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which are generally three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Significant improvements that substantially enhance the life of an asset are capitalized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets or asset groups for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable based on expected future cash flows

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

attributable to that asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group exceeds estimated undiscounted future cash flows, then an impairment charge would be recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group over its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. There were no impairment charges recognized related to long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited).

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist primarily of accounting, legal and other fees related to our proposed IPO. Upon consummation of the IPO, the deferred offering costs will be reclassified to stockholders’ deficit and recorded against the proceeds from the offering. In the event the offering is aborted, deferred offering costs will be expensed. We capitalized $0.8 million (unaudited) of deferred offering costs within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2020. No deferred offering costs were capitalized as of December 31, 2018 or 2019.

Revenue Recognition

We elected to adopt Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), effective as of January 1, 2019, utilizing the modified retrospective method of adoption. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, references to Topic 606 used herein refer to both Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) are presented under Topic 606, with the cumulative impact of the adoption of Topic 606 recorded on January 1, 2019. The primary impact of adopting Topic 606 was the capitalization and amortization of incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers.

In accordance with Topic 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for these services. To achieve the core principle of this standard, we apply the following five steps:

1. Identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer

We determine a contract with a customer to exist when the contract is approved, each party’s rights regarding the services to be transferred can be identified, the payment terms for the services can be identified, the customer has the ability and intent to pay, and the contract has commercial substance. At contract inception, we will evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single contract and whether the combined or single contract includes more than one performance obligation. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience or, in the case of a new customer, credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

2. Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

Performance obligations committed to in a contract are identified based on the services that will be transferred to the customer that are both capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

benefit from the service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from us, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the services and the products is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

Our performance obligations generally consist of access to our digital experience platform and related support services, which, together, are considered one performance obligation. Our customers do not have the ability to take possession of our software, and, through access to our platform, we provide a series of distinct software-based services that are satisfied over the term of the applicable subscription. Customers may also purchase incremental capacity to our digital experience platform. We recognize incremental access as a series of distinct software-based services that are satisfied over the remaining term of the applicable subscription. Our Legacy offering includes performance obligations to provide customers with access to our platform for the duration of specific contracted events, and revenue is recognized primarily as events occur. Amounts related to our digital experience platform and our Legacy offering are recorded as subscription and other platform revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

We also provide professional services, which include consulting services, such as experience management, monitoring and production services, implementation services and premium support services. Professional services are generally considered distinct from the access to our digital experience platform. Amounts are recorded as Professional Services revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company enters into contracts with customers that regularly include promises to transfer multiple services through access to our platform. For arrangements with multiple services, the Company evaluates whether the individual services qualify as distinct performance obligations. In its assessment of whether a service is a distinct performance obligation, the Company determines whether the customer can benefit from the service on its own or with other readily available resources and whether the service is separately identifiable from other services in the contract. This evaluation requires the Company to assess the nature of each individual service offering and how the services are provided in the context of the contract, including whether the services are significantly integrated, highly interrelated or significantly modify each other, which may require judgment based on the facts and circumstances of the contract.

3. Determination of the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue recognized under the contract will not occur. The Company applies the practical expedient in paragraph 606-10-32-18 of Topic 606 and does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component for contracts that are one year or less, and none of our multi-year contracts contain a significant financing component. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers (e.g., sales and other indirect taxes), which are subsequently remitted to governmental entities.

Our digital experience platform and related support services are typically warranted to perform in a professional manner that will comply with the terms of our subscription agreements. In addition, we include service level commitments to our customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that we fail to meet those service levels. These credits represent a form of variable consideration. Historically, we have not experienced any significant incidents affecting the defined levels of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

reliability and performance as required by our subscription agreements. We have not provided any material refunds related to these agreements in the consolidated financial statements during the periods presented.

4. Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on each performance obligation’s relative standalone selling price (SSP). The SSP is the price at which the Company would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. In instances where the Company does not sell or price a product or service separately, establishing SSP requires significant judgement. The Company estimates the SSP by considering available information, such as market conditions, internally approved pricing guidelines and the underlying cost of delivering the performance obligation.

5. Recognition of the revenue when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied

Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the control of the promised service to a customer. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those services. We recognize subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable contract subscription period beginning on the date access to our platform is granted. We recognize revenue from consulting services related to events in the period the event occurs and the service is delivered. We recognize revenue from implementation services upon completion of the services. We recognize revenue from premium support offerings on a ratable basis over the applicable subscription term.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table summarizes revenue by region based on the shipping address of customers:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
 
                            (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

United States

  $ 64,962       79   $ 70,124       79   $ 50,656       78   $ 80,015       77

EMEA

    13,108       16       13,645       15       10,361       16       16,807       16  

Other

    4,538       5       5,364       6       4,176       6       6,833       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $  82,608       100   $  89,133       100   $ 65,193       100   $ 103,655       100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table summarizes revenue by digital experience platform and our Legacy offering and the related performance obligations:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
 
                            (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Digital experience platform—subscription and other platform

  $ 57,763       70   $ 66,286       74   $ 48,258       74   $ 80,010       77

Digital experience platform—professional services

    11,082       13       14,413       17       10,078       15       21,705       21  

Legacy—subscription and other platform

    8,316       10       6,303       7       5,110       8       1,369       1  

Legacy—professional services

    5,447       7       2,131       2       1,747       3       571       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $  82,608       100   $  89,133       100   $ 65,193       100   $ 103,655       100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contract Balances

We receive payments from customers based on a billing schedule as established in our customer contracts. Accounts receivable are recorded when we contractually have the right to consideration. In some arrangements, a right to consideration for our performance under the customer contract may occur before invoicing to the customer, resulting in an unbilled accounts receivable. The amount of unbilled accounts receivable included within accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts on the consolidated balance sheets was $0.7 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million (unaudited) as of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively.

Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue. Revenue is deferred when we have the right to invoice in advance of performance under a customer contract. The current portion of deferred revenue balances are recognized during the following 12-month period and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent, which is included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The amount of revenue recognized during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020 that was included in deferred revenue at the beginning of each period was $31.5 million, $35.1 million and $44.4 million (unaudited), respectively.

Remaining Performance Obligations

The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily annual and, to a lesser extent, multi-year. We may bill for the full term in advance or on an annual or monthly basis, depending on the terms of the agreement. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $74.5 million, which consists of both billed consideration in the amount of $44.9 million and unbilled consideration in the amount of $29.6 million that we expect to recognize as revenue. As of December 31, 2019, we expected to recognize 80% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue in the year ending December 31, 2020, and the remainder thereafter. As of September 30, 2020, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

remaining performance obligations was $132.7 million (unaudited), which consists of both billed consideration in the amount of $88.0 million (unaudited) and unbilled consideration in the amount of $44.7 million (unaudited) that we expect to recognize as revenue. As of September 30, 2020 we expected to recognize 73% (unaudited) of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent twelve months, and the remainder thereafter.

Costs to Obtain a Contract

Prior to the adoption of Topic 606, costs associated with obtaining customer contracts were recorded as sales and marketing expenses in the period the related customer contract was signed. Subsequent to the adoption of Topic 606, we capitalize sales commissions and associated payroll taxes paid to internal sales personnel and third-party referral fees that are incremental costs resulting from obtaining a contract with a customer. These costs are recorded as deferred contract acquisition costs on the consolidated balance sheets. We determine whether costs should be deferred based on our sales compensation plans and if the commissions are incremental and would not have occurred absent the customer contract.

Sales commissions paid upon the initial acquisition of a customer contract are amortized over an estimated period of benefit of five years, as we specifically anticipate renewals of customer contracts and commissions paid on renewal contracts are not commensurate with commissions paid on new customer contracts. Sales commissions paid upon renewal of customer contracts are amortized over the contractual renewal term. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis commensurate with the pattern of revenue recognition. Sales commissions paid related to professional services are amortized over the expected service period. We determine the period of benefit for commissions paid for the acquisition of the initial customer contract by taking into consideration the initial estimated customer life and the technological life of our platform and related significant features. Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

We periodically review these deferred contract acquisition costs to determine whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit. There were no impairment losses recorded during the year ended December 31, 2019 or during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

The following table represents a roll forward of deferred contract acquisition costs:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 12,071     $ 14,042  

Additions to deferred contract acquisition costs

     8,983       19,280  

Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs

     (7,012     (7,460
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 14,042     $ 25,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current

   $ 5,571     $ 8,981  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent

     8,471       16,881  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

   $ 14,042     $ 25,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Cost of Revenue

Subscription and Other Platform Cost of Revenue

Subscription and other platform cost of revenue primarily consists of costs related to hosting our platform and providing operating support services to our customers. These costs are related to our co-located data centers, personnel-related costs such as salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation expense, benefits costs associated with our operations and support personnel, software license fees and allocated overhead.

Professional Services Cost of Revenue

Professional services cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, third-party consulting services and allocated overhead.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation directly associated with our research and development employees, contractor costs related to third-party development and allocated overhead. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations and amounted to $6.0 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $4.9 million (unaudited) and $5.3 million (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Other Gains from Operations

Other gains from operations consists of a one-time gain from a legal settlement due to a customer’s breach of contract in 2018.

Leases

We categorize leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases. In certain lease agreements, we may receive rent holidays and other incentives. For operating leases, we recognize lease costs on a straight-line basis once control of the space is achieved, without regard to deferred payment terms such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments. Additionally, incentives received are treated as a reduction of costs over the term of the agreement.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock awards is recognized based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the risk-free interest rates, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used to determine the fair

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

value of the option awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. The related stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally four years. The Company estimates the number of awards expected to be forfeited at the time of grant and revises its estimates in subsequent periods if the actual forfeitures differ from the estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation only for awards that are expected to vest.

Foreign Currency

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are each country’s local currency. Assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the reporting date. Amounts classified in stockholders’ deficit are translated at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Foreign currency transaction gains or losses, whether realized or unrealized, are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations within other expense, net, and have not been material for all periods presented.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We then assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be fully realized. Due to our lack of earnings history, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.

We recognize benefits of uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that such positions will be sustained upon examination based solely on their technical merits at the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon the ultimate settlement. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of provision for income taxes. To date, there have been no interest or penalties charged in relation to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

We calculate our net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock using the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. We consider our convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as holders of such securities have nonforfeitable dividend rights in the event of our declaration of a dividend for holders of shares of common stock. Holders of convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in our losses.

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities are subtracted from net income (loss) in determining net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders. Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all dilutive securities. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the resulting net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding. During the periods when there is a net loss attributable to common stockholders, potentially dilutive common stock equivalents have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is anti-dilutive.

Segment Information

We operate in one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, who is our Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance based upon consolidated financial information.

Revenue by geographical region can be found in the revenue recognition disclosures above. The following table presents our property and equipment, net of depreciation and amortization, by geographic region:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $         5,614      $         4,980      $         7,553  

EMEA

     59        359        302  

APAC

     3        31        31  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 5,676      $ 5,370      $ 7,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Topic 606. Topic 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605: Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), and requires the recognition of revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40 are referred as the “new standard.”

The Company adopted the requirements of the new standard on January 1, 2019, utilizing the modified retrospective approach. Under this method, periods prior to the adoption date are not adjusted and continue to be reported under the revenue accounting literature in effect during those periods. The Company evaluated contracts that were in effect on January 1, 2019 as if they had been accounted for under Topic 606 from the contract inception. Adoption of the new standard resulted in changes to its accounting policies for revenue recognition, deferred revenue, deferred contract acquisition costs, current, and deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent. The only significant impact from adoption relates to the capitalization and amortization of certain incremental costs of obtaining customer contracts. Previously, such costs were expensed in the period the related customer contracts were obtained.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying Topic 606 as an adjustment to retained earnings in the balance sheet as of January 1, 2019:

 

     As of January 1, 2019  
     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adoption
    As Adjusted  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

      

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current

   $     $ 5,023     $ 5,023  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent

           7,048       7,048  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

           12,071       12,071  

Liabilities and Equity

      

Deferred revenue, current

     35,050       89       35,139  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

     506             506  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

     35,556       89       35,645  

Stockholders’ Deficit

     (157,960     (11,982     (169,942

The following table compares the reported consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019, to the amounts had Topic 605 been in effect:

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Per Prior
Accounting
Policies
    Impact from
Adoption
    As Adjusted  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

      

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current

   $     $ 5,571     $ 5,571  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent

           8,471       8,471  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

           14,042       14,042  

Liabilities

      

Deferred revenue, current

     44,287       154       44,441  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

     458             458  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

     44,745       154       44,899  

Stockholders’ Deficit

     (157,320     (13,888     (171,208

The following table compares the reported consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, to the amounts had Topic 605 been in effect:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2019  
     Per Prior
Accounting
Policies
    Impact from
Adoption
    As Adjusted  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 89,200     $ (67   $ 89,133  

Gross profit

     62,059       (67     61,992  

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     49,744       (1,971     47,773  

Total operating expenses

     80,064       (1,971     78,093  

Income (loss) from operations

     (18,005     1,904       (16,101

Net loss

     (19,431     1,904       (17,527

Basic and diluted net loss per share

     (3.90     0.22       (3.68

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The adoption of Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40 did not have a material impact on our statements of cash flows.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows Topic 230: Restricted Cash (Topic 230). The guidance requires restricted cash be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the total beginning and ending amounts on the statement of cash flows. The guidance also requires companies who report cash and restricted cash separately on the balance sheet to reconcile those amounts to the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted Topic 230 as of January 1, 2019, utilizing the retrospective method of transition. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation Topic 718: Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. This standard is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than the adoption date of Topic 606. The Company adopted Topic 718 as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The standard eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements as part of the FASB’s disclosure framework project. The Company adopted the standard beginning in fiscal year 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The standard provides new authoritative guidance addressing eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice in how certain transactions are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted the standard beginning in fiscal year 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments Topic 326: Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326), which requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model to estimate its lifetime “expected credit loss” and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. This guidance also requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. Topic 326 is effective for the Company beginning fiscal year 2023. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 Topic 842: Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the guidance in ASC 840: Leases. This standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similarly to existing guidance for operating leases today. Under the standard, disclosures are required to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company will be required to recognize and measure leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented using a modified retrospective approach, with certain practical expedients available. For public companies, Topic 842 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period that allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. For as long as the Company remains an “emerging growth company,” the new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and is required to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard and currently believes the most significant impact upon adoption will be the recognition of material right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets associated with operating leases.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The standard is effective for the Company beginning fiscal year 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes Topic 740: Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing a variety of exceptions within the framework of ASC 740. These exceptions include the exception to the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation in the event of a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items (such as other comprehensive income), and the exception to using general methodology for the interim period tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. The standard is effective for the Company beginning fiscal year 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

2. Short-Term Investments

Short-term investments consist primarily of money market funds and certificates of deposit, which are carried at fair value. The Company had $3.3 million, $16.4 million and $41.5 million (unaudited) of money market funds included within cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively. Certificates of deposit

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

included within short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets were $2.0 million, $5.0 million and $5.0 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively.

We review the individual securities that have unrealized losses on a regular basis to evaluate whether or not any security has experienced an other-than-temporary decline in fair value. We evaluate, among other factors, whether we have the intention to sell any of these short-term investments and whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell any of them before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Based on the available evidence, we concluded there were no material unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 or September 30, 2020 (unaudited). There were no realized gains or losses from available-for-sale securities that were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited).

All of our short-term investments as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited) mature within one year.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s investment portfolio consists of money market funds and certificates of deposit, which are carried at fair value. The Company has determined the carrying value to be equal to the fair value and has classified these investments as Level 1 financial instruments. Refer to Note 2, Short-Term Investments, for more information regarding the balances of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited). There were no transfers of financial instruments between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 during the periods presented.

4. Consolidated Balance Sheet Components

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
 
 
     2018     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Computer, equipment and software

   $ 19,181     $ 18,071     $ 22,493  

Furniture and fixtures

     793       1,089       1,092  

Leasehold improvements

     3,493       3,728       3,729  

Property and equipment, gross

     23,467       22,888       27,314  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (17,791     (17,518     (19,428
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 5,676     $ 5,370     $ 7,886  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $2.0 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $1.7 million (unaudited) and $1.9 million (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
                  

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Accrued bonus

   $ 2,326      $ 2,458      $ 1,363  

Accrued sales tax

     2,151        1,038        162  

Accrued vacation

     1,617        1,832        2,584  

Accrued commissions

     1,179        1,822        3,143  

Other

     4,320        4,222        6,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

   $ 11,593      $ 11,372      $ 14,084  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Long-term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
         2018              2019          2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred rent liabilities

   $ 3,523      $ 3,119      $ 2,695  

Deferred revenue

     506        458        845  

Other

     193        323        323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

   $ 4,222      $ 3,900      $ 3,863  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Revolving line of credit

   $ 18,850      $ 22,350      $ 22,350  

Equipment loan agreements

     420        236        273  

Capital leases

     1,806        1,479        3,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     21,076        24,065        26,455  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Current maturities

     1,118        1,007        1,820  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 19,958      $ 23,058      $ 24,635  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revolving Line of Credit

The Company has a revolving line of credit with a financing institution, which provides the Company the ability to borrow up to $30.0 million with a letter of credit sublimit of $3.9 million. The

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

revolving line of credit has a maturity date of January 31, 2020. The revolving line of credit is secured by a security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets and is subject to certain financial covenants. Interest on the revolving line of credit is Prime Rate plus 0.50%. The Prime Rates as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2019 and 2020 were 5.50%, 4.75%, 5.00% (unaudited) and 3.25% (unaudited), respectively. In January 2018, at the time the Company entered into the lease for the United States headquarters, the financing institution issued a standby letter of credit of $2.0 million as a guarantee for the leased space.

In July 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated agreement to extend the maturity date of its revolving line of credit to July 31, 2022 and has therefore classified the revolving line of credit as long-term debt. Refer to Note 12, Subsequent Events, for additional information regarding the maturity date extension.

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of, and during the years ended, December 31, 2018 and 2019 and as of, and during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited).

Equipment Loan Agreements

The Company has entered into various equipment loan agreements that allow the Company to obtain financing to purchase equipment. Borrowings are secured by the equipment purchased. The equipment loan agreements are repaid over 36 months beginning from the date of the advance at an interest rate ranging from 7.5% to 10.1%.

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, future payments under the revolving line of credit and the equipment loan agreements, excluding capital lease obligations, are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of September 30,  
     2019      2020  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 156      $ 50  

2021

     77        135  

2022

     22,353        22,416  

2023

            22  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total payments

   $ 22,586      $ 22,623  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease our office facilities in the United States, the United Kingdom, Singapore and Australia under noncancelable agreements that expire at various dates through January 2025. Rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $3.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, rent expense was $2.3 million (unaudited) and $2.1 million (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Future minimum payments related to operating leases as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 2,774  

2021

     2,848  

2022

     2,547  

2023

     2,430  

2024

     2,375  

Thereafter

     1,827  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum payments

   $ 14,801  
  

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2020, there were no material changes to the Company’s future minimum payments related to operating leases.

Capital Leases

The Company has entered into various noncancelable capital lease agreements for its equipment with lease periods expiring between 2020 and 2023. As of December 31, 2019, future minimum lease payments under noncancelable capital leases are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 963  

2021

     564  

2022

     112  

2023

     2  
  

 

 

 

Total payments

     1,641  

Less: Amount representing interest

     162  
  

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

   $ 1,479  
  

 

 

 

Contingencies

The Company has agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person’s services as the Company’s director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and officer insurance coverage that may enable the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.

FASB ASC 450-20, Contingencies, sets forth the rules for accounting for uncertain tax positions for taxes not based on income. When a loss contingency exists, the likelihood of the incurrence of the liability can range from probable to remote. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that a loss will result from the sales and use tax assessment in the range of zero to $1.1 million. The Company has not recorded an accrual as of December 31, 2019 or as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, we may be subject from time to time to various proceedings, lawsuits, disputes or claims. Although we cannot predict with assurance the outcome of any litigation, we do not believe there are currently any such actions that, if resolved unfavorably, would have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

7. Convertible Preferred Stock, Stockholders’ Deficit and Equity Incentive Plan

(a) Class A-1 and Class A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock

Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class A-1

     5,177,652       
5,177,652
 
   $ 54,379  

Class A-2

     16,671,163        16,505,372        48,395  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     21,848,815        21,683,024      $    102,774  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class A-1

     5,177,655        5,177,654      $ 54,379  

Class A-2

     16,522,290        16,505,894        48,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     21,699,945        21,683,548      $    102,776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class A-1

     5,177,655        5,177,654      $ 54,379  

Class A-2

     16,522,290        16,505,894        48,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     21,699,945        21,683,548      $    102,776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock have the following rights, preferences and privileges:

Dividend Rights – Holders of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock are not entitled to preferential rights to dividends. After payment of dividends on the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company may declare and distribute, in such year, dividends on a pro rata basis among the holders of all classes of preferred stock and common stock based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, determined on an as-if-converted basis. To date, no dividends have been declared.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Conversion Rights – Each share of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into a number of shares of common stock, which results from dividing the applicable original issue price per share for each class by the applicable conversion price per share for such class. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the conversion price per share of each class was equal to the original issue price of such class, and therefore, the conversion ratio for each class was 1:1.

Shares of Class A-1 and A-2 convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, at the then-effective conversion price, upon the closing of the Company’s first initial public offering on either the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market at a price per share of common stock equal to or above $14.4951 and generating aggregate net proceeds for the Company of not less than $50.0 million.

Liquidation Preference – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and its subsidiaries, holders of shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock, together with certain employees and other common stockholders of the Company, are entitled to $135.0 million in “junior preference” amount after the satisfaction in full of all Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock preference amounts (see Note 7(b) for the senior preferences of the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock). A change of control of the Company is deemed to be a liquidation for purposes of the liquidation preference of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock.

The $135.0 million in junior preference amount is distributed as follows: (a) $10.5026 and $2.9321 per share for each outstanding share of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock (the Class A-1 and Class A-2 original issue price, respectively), (b) $25.7 million to certain employees participating in the Company’s 2016 Bonus Plan, as amended and (c) an amount per share of common stock calculated as: the sum of (i) $6.1 million, plus an amount equal to the Class A-1 and Class A-2 original issue price multiplied by the number of shares, if any, of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock that have been converted into shares of common stock or reacquired by the Company, plus the amount, if any, to which payments under the Company’s 2016 Bonus Plan, as amended, are less than $25.7 million, divided by (ii) the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus all shares issuable upon exercise of all outstanding rights to acquire shares of common stock (excluding all shares of preferred stock and any rights to acquire common stock with an exercise or conversion price above the value of the consideration payable to the holders of such rights with respect to the underlying shares). If, following a distribution to the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, there remains less than $135.0 million in assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders, each of the amounts payable under the junior preference amount detailed above shall be proportionately reduced. In addition, holders of shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive additional amounts to the extent that the amounts payable if all shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock were converted into common stock immediately prior to the relevant liquidation event would exceed the amounts otherwise payable pursuant to the liquidation preferences of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock.

Voting Rights – The holders of outstanding shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock are entitled, voting together as a single class, to elect one director of the Company. The holders of outstanding shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock are entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such class of convertible preferred stock is then convertible. Preferred stockholders vote together with common

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

stockholders as a single class upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a preferred stock class vote.

Redemption – The shares of Class A-1 and A-2 convertible preferred stock do not contain any date-certain redemption features.

(b) Class B and Class B-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Shares of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable at any time on or after April 12, 2022 and October 12, 2024, respectively. As a result of the contingent redemption feature, the Company has classified Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock within mezzanine equity and will evaluate the redemption contingency at each reporting period, reclassifying the instrument to a liability when the contingency is resolved and the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock becomes mandatorily redeemable. The Company elected to recognize changes in the future redemption value immediately as they occur, adjusting the carrying value of Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock to the redemption value at the end of each reporting period as if it were the redemption date. The Company recognized zero and $10.0 million related to a change in redemption value for Class B-1 preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Company recognized $7.5 million (unaudited) and zero (unaudited) related to a change in redemption value for Class B-1 preferred stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Class B and Class B-1 redeemable preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class B

     3,233,851        3,233,851      $ 35,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,233,851        3,233,851      $    35,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class B

     3,233,851        3,233,851      $ 35,000  

Class B-1

     2,310,067        2,310,067        35,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     5,543,918        5,543,918      $    70,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class B

     3,233,851        3,233,851      $ 35,000  

Class B-1

     2,310,067        2,310,067        35,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     5,543,918        5,543,918      $    70,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The holders of the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock have the following rights, preferences and privileges:

Dividend Rights – Holders of shares of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends at the rate of 10% of the Class B original issuance price of $7.73072 per share per annum from the date of the original issuance of such share. Holders of shares of Class B-1 preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the Class B-1 original issuance price of $10.8222 per share per annum from the date of the original issuance of such share. Dividends shall accrue from day to day from the date of issuance of such preferred stock whether or not declared and shall be cumulative. After payment of dividends on the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company may declare and distribute, in such year, dividends on a pro rata basis among the holders of all classes of preferred stock and common stock based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, determined on an as-if-converted basis. No dividends have been declared or paid since the issuance of the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2019 or September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

Conversion Rights – Each share of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into a number of shares of common stock, which results from dividing the applicable original issue price per share for each class by the applicable conversion price per share for such class. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the conversion price per share of each class was equal to the original issue price of such class, and therefore, the conversion ratio was 1:1.

Shares of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, at the then-effective conversion price, upon the closing of the Company’s first initial public offering on either the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market at a price per share of common stock equal to or above $14.4951 for the Class B preferred stock and $19.9357 for the Class B-1 preferred stock, and generating aggregate net proceeds for the Company of not less than $50.0 million.

If an initial public offering does not meet the conditions outlined in the paragraph above as a result of the offering price per share of common stock being less than $14.4951 with respect to the Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock or $19.9357 with respect to the Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, each share of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at a conversion price which provides the holders of such share of Class B or Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with a number shares of common stock equal in value to the value such holder would have received had the offering been made at a price per share of common stock equal to $14.4951 and $19.9357, respectively, subject to certain adjustments.

Liquidation Preference – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company and its subsidiaries, holders of shares of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to preferences over all other classes of stock. Upon such an event, holders of shares of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to be paid, in cash, an amount per share of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock equal to the sum of $7.73072 plus any accrued but unpaid dividends on such share of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock (such sum, the Class B preference amount). However, the Class B preference amount must be at least equal

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

to a minimum of $10.8230 per share (subject to reduction for certain other amounts received by holders of shares of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock with respect to other shares of capital stock of the Company). Holders of shares of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to be paid, in cash, an amount per share of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock equal to the greater of (a) $15.15108 and (b) $10.8222, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends on such share of redeemable convertible Class B-1 preferred stock (such sum, the Class B-1 preference amount), plus the amounts described in the next following sentence, in each case subject to reduction for certain amounts received by holders of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with respect to other shares of capital stock of the Company. In addition, holders of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate on an as-converted basis in amounts distributable in respect of the common stock, in the case of the Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock only in the event the amounts distributable on account thereof would exceed $15.15108 per share of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. A change of control of the Company is deemed to be a liquidation for purposes of the liquidation preferences of the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Voting Rights – The holders of outstanding shares of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director of the Company. The holders of outstanding shares of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of such class of redeemable convertible preferred stock are then convertible. Preferred stockholders vote together with common stockholders as a single class upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a preferred stock class vote.

Redemption – At any time on or after April 12, 2022 or October 12, 2024, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B or Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, respectively, may elect to have any or all of the then-outstanding shares of such class redeemed, provided that any such redemption will be for at least 25% of the then-outstanding shares of such class and only one such election may be made within any 12-month period for each class.

The redemption price for each share of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will be, at the election of the Company, an amount equal to (a) the Class B preference amount or the Class B-1 preference amount, as applicable, or (b) the fair market value of the Class B preference amount or the Class B-1 preference amount of each share, as applicable, plus each such share’s residual value pursuant to the distribution provisions applicable to each such class in liquidation.

If any shares of Class B or Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are not redeemed within six months of the redemption date for any reason, all such unredeemed shares will remain outstanding and be entitled to all rights, preferences and privileges, and the Company will be required to pay interest on the redemption price applicable to such unredeemed shares at an aggregate per annum rate equal to six percent (increased by one-half percent at the end of each six-month period thereafter until the redemption price, and any interest thereon, is paid in full), with such interest to accrue daily in arrears and to be compounded annually.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Common Stock

We have the following shares of common stock reserved for future issuance:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     24,916,875        27,227,466        27,227,466  

Outstanding stock options

     9,552,715        9,390,407        9,571,814  

Remaining shares available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan

     535,601        425,499        455,918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shares of common stock reserved

     35,005,191        37,043,372        37,255,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan

In January 1998, November 1999, and March 2000, the Company authorized the 1998, 1999, and 2000 Stock Option Plans (collectively, the Plans) under which the Board of Directors may issue incentive stock options (ISOs) and nonqualified stock options (NSOs). During 2009, the 1999 and 1998 Stock Option Plans expired.

In June 2014, the Company authorized the 2014 Stock Option Plan (the 2014 Plan) under which the Board of Directors may issue ISOs, NSOs, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards to employees, directors, and consultants. All shares cancelled or forfeited under the 2000 Plan are consolidated into the 2014 Plan. Under the 2014 Plan, the Company may grant up to 6,381,215 shares. The Board of Directors approved an increase to the share reserve under the 2014 Plan by an additional 1,200,000 shares in September 2014 and 1,850,000 in January 2016.

Options may be granted with exercise prices at no less than 100% of the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. ISOs and NSOs granted under the 2014 Plan generally will vest 25% after the completion of one year of service and then vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of service and expire ten years from the grant date. NSOs vest according to the specific agreement and expire ten years from the date of grant.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A summary of stock option activity under our equity incentive plan and related information is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Outstanding
Stock Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

     8,046,759     $ 1.91        6.4      $ 2,340,371  

Granted

     2,443,707       2.38        

Exercised

     (516,426     0.73           889,830  

Cancelled/forfeited/expired

     (421,325     1.93        
  

 

 

         

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     9,552,715       2.09        6.5        3,467,759  

Granted

     910,598       2.73        

Exercised

     (272,410     1.58           305,733  

Cancelled/forfeited/expired

     (800,496     2.25        
  

 

 

         

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     9,390,407       2.16        5.9        2,322,646  

Granted

     2,506,211       3.40        

Exercised

     (1,788,174     1.87           3,784,969  

Cancelled/forfeited/expired

     (536,630     2.28        
  

 

 

         

Balance as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     9,571,814       2.52        6.6        82,884,745  
  

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable:

          

December 31, 2018

     5,892,502       1.97        5.2        2,860,966  

December 31, 2019

     7,018,919       2.04        5.1        2,195,776  

September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     5,970,634       2.16        5.1        53,839,920  

Vested and expected to vest:

          

December 31, 2018

     8,825,265       2.08        6.3        3,305,733  

December 31, 2019

     8,924,091       2.13        5.7        2,276,017  

September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

       8,644,891       2.43        6.3        75,622,017  

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $1.27 and $1.19, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to employees during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 was $1.32 (unaudited) and $1.65 (unaudited), respectively. As of December 31, 2019, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options was $2.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years. As of September 30, 2020, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options was $3.8 million (unaudited), which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years (unaudited).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Black-Scholes assumptions used to value the employee options at the grant dates are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
     2018   2019   2020
             (unaudited)

Fair value of common stock

   $2.15 - $2.44   $2.32 - $3.15   $2.32 - $7.97

Risk-free interest rate

   2.7% - 3.0%   1.5% - 2.5%   0.4% - 1.7%

Expected term (years)

   6.25   6.25   6.25

Expected volatility

   51.5% - 58.0%   40.7% - 51.5%   41.6% - 62.0%

Expected dividend yield

   0.00   0.00   0.00

These assumptions and estimates were determined as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. As our common stock is not publicly traded, the fair value was determined by our board of directors, with input from management and valuation reports prepared by independent third-party valuation firms. Stock-based compensation for financial reporting purposes is measured based on updated estimates of fair value when appropriate, such as when additional relevant information related to the estimate becomes available in a valuation report issued as of a subsequent date.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the options was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term of options represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Our historical stock option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term due to a lack of sufficient data. For stock options granted to employees, we estimate the expected term by using the simplified method. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For stock options granted to nonemployees, the expected term equals the contractual term of the option.

 

   

Expected Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers, consisting of several public companies in our industry that are either similar in size, stage of life cycle or financial leverage, over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards.

 

   

Expected Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, an expected dividend yield of zero percent was used.

Restricted Stock Award Unit Award with Conditions

In June 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of 187,500 restricted stock units to an executive officer with a grant date fair value of $0.5 million. The award provided that the restricted stock units would vest based on the satisfaction of both of two conditions before the expiration date: (i) satisfaction of a service condition of one year and (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event defined as a change of control or an initial public offering. These restricted stock units have not yet vested as the requisite conditions have not yet occurred. The grant date fair value of the awards will be recognized as compensation expense once the performance criteria are probable. No expense

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

has been recorded for these shares as the achievement of the performance criteria is not probable. No monetary payment is required as a condition to receiving the shares of stock. The restricted stock units expire if not vested on or before June 17, 2021.

Stock-Based Compensation

The stock-based compensation expense by line item in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2018              2019              2019              2020      
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

           

Subscription and other platform

   $ 80      $ 97      $ 73      $ 78  

Professional services

     13        50        46        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     93        147        119        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

     633        915        454        450  

Research and development

     218        197        155        189  

General and administrative

     516        739        586        720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,460      $ 1,998      $ 1,314      $ 1,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with an equipment financing agreement entered into in 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of its Class A-2 convertible preferred stock. The Company estimated the fair value of the issued warrants on the date of issuance using a Black-Scholes valuation model, and the value has been amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the related financing. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 37,219, zero and zero (unaudited) shares of Class A-2 preferred stock, respectively. Warrants to purchase zero and 524 shares of the preferred stock were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Warrants to purchase 524 (unaudited) and zero (unaudited) shares of the preferred stock were exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

8. Income Taxes

The components of the loss before the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018              2019      
     (in thousands)  

Domestic

   $ (17,847    $ (18,086

Foreign

     454        914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (17,393    $ (17,172
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018              2019      
     (in thousands)  

Current

     

Federal

   $      $  

State

     16        24  

Foreign

     182        331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense

     198        355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

     

Federal

             

State

             

Foreign

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 198      $ 355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018             2019      
     (in thousands)  

Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (3,744   $ (3,470

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     16       24  

Foreign income and withholding taxes

     24       (22

Expenses from resolution of certain tax audits and expiration of statute of limitations

     (31     (16

Stock-based compensation

     230       258  

Expired attributes

     1,036       846  

Change in valuation allowance

     2,707       (3

Research and development credits

     (297     (72

Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income

     116       176  

Adoption of accounting principles

           2,464  

Other

     141       170  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 198     $ 355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act), foreign accumulated earnings that were subject to the mandatory transition tax as of December 31, 2017, can be repatriated to the U.S. without incurring further U.S. federal tax. The Tax Act moves towards a modified territorial tax system through the provision of a 100% dividend received deduction for the foreign-source portions of dividends received from controlled foreign subsidiaries. As a result, we continue to evaluate the indefinite reinvestment assertions with regard to unremitted earnings for certain of our foreign subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2019, the total undistributed earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries were approximately $1.4 million. Historically, we have asserted our intention to indefinitely reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The unrecognized deferred tax liability on the portion of the undistributed earnings considered indefinitely reinvested is not material.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Deferred income taxes result from differences in the recognition of expenses for tax and financial reporting purposes, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Significant components of our deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued expenses and others

   $ 2,575     $ 3,503  

Stock-based compensation

     958       1,118  

Net operating losses

     22,978       24,770  

Tax credit carryforwards

     5,827       6,334  

Fixed assets

     93       172  

Interest expense

     248       492  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

     32,679       36,389  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (32,356     (32,675
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 323     $ 3,714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Section 481(a) adjustment

   $ (323   $ (215

Deferred commissions

           (3,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (323   $ (3,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized; accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established on U.S. net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $104.1 million for federal income tax purposes, of which a portion will begin to expire in 2020 if unused. As a result of Tax Act, $19.1 million of the federal net operating loss carryovers will carryover indefinitely and losses are limited to 80% of taxable income. We had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $49.1 million for state income tax purposes, which will begin to expire in the year 2023 if unused.

As of December 31, 2019, we also had research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $4.1 million for federal income tax and $4.8 million for state income tax purposes. The federal research and development tax credit will begin to expire in 2020 if unused. State research and development tax credits carryforward indefinitely.

The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar provisions under state law. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the federal net operating loss carryforwards that may be used in any given year in the event of special occurrences, including significant ownership changes. The Company has not performed a separate analysis as of December 31, 2019. Any limitation may result in expiration of all or a portion of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We comply with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which prescribes a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure in financial statements of any uncertain tax positions that have been taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. This pronouncement sets a “more likely than not” criterion for recognizing the tax benefit of uncertain tax positions. We do not anticipate any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of total unrecognized tax position is as follows:

 

     Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2017

   $ 1,746  

Increases related to current years’ tax positions

     352  

Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (37
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     2,061  

Increases related to current years’ tax positions

     187  

Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (42
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 2,206  
  

 

 

 

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we recognized no interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits. There are no tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the reporting date. If recognized, $0.2 million would affect our effective tax rate.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state jurisdictions and various foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2019, all of the years remain open to examination by the federal and state tax authorities for three or four years from the tax year in which net operating losses or tax credits are utilized. There have been no examinations of our income tax returns by any tax authority.

The adoption of Topic 606 impacted the timing in which we recognize the expense related to commissions. As a result, we reduced our deferred tax assets by $2.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, which was fully offset by a valuation allowance.

The adoption of ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, impacted recognition of net operating losses associated with stock-based compensation deductions. As a result, we increased our deferred tax assets by $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, which was fully offset by a valuation allowance.

Income Taxes – Interim (unaudited)

The Company’s tax provision from income taxes for interim periods is determined using an estimate of its annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items, if any. Each quarter the Company

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

updates its estimate of the annual effective tax rate and makes a year-to-date adjustment to the provision. The Company recorded a provision for income taxes of $0.0 million (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Company regularly performs an assessment on the likelihood of realizing benefits of its deferred tax assets. As of September 30, 2020, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets based on available evidence. However, if there are favorable changes to actual operating results or to projections of future income, the Company may determine that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets may be realizable.

Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, tax credits and other attributes may be subject to future annual limitations due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions.

9. Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                               (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Basic earnings per share:

                    

Net income (loss)

   $          (17,591   $          (17,527   $          (14,069   $          11,248  

Less: Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

                 (10,047        (7,547         

Less: Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

        (3,025        (4,774        (3,328        (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

        (20,616        (32,348        (24,944        7,029  

Income available to participating securities

                                   (5,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

        (20,616        (32,348        (24,944        1,854  

Weighted average common stock outstanding

        8,241,522          8,788,628          8,753,855          9,755,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share of common stock

   $          (2.50   $          (3.68)     $          (2.85   $          0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Diluted earnings per share:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Less: Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

           (10,047     (7,547      

Less: Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

     (3,025     (4,774     (3,328     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     (20,616     (32,348     (24,944     7,029  

Reallocation of earnings to participating securities considering potentially dilutive securities

                       (4,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

     (20,616     (32,348     (24,944     2,320  

Weighted average common stock outstanding

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       9,755,373  

Weighted average dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock

                       3,662,032  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average common shares

       8,241,522         8,788,628         8,753,855       13,417,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share of common stock

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock

     24,916,875        27,227,466        27,227,466         

Outstanding stock options

     9,552,715        9,390,407        9,586,216        63,498  

Outstanding warrants

     37,219               8,459         

Restricted stock units

     187,500        187,500        187,500         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total antidilutive securities

     34,694,309        36,805,373        37,009,641               63,498  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

We have presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, which has been computed to give effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later. The pro forma net income per share does not include shares being offered in the assumed IPO.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Numerator:

     

Net income attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Weighted-average pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     

Weighted-average pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed vesting of the RSUs with service condition satisfied

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Basic

   $        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company maintains a retirement savings plan, or the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants may contribute up to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. The 401(k) plan allows the Company to make matching contributions and profit-sharing contributions to eligible participants. Effective January 1, 2019, the Company began making contributions of less than $1,000 per year to eligible participants. The 401(k) Plan provides for automatic salary deferrals of 3% of compensation with a 1% escalator each year. Participants are permitted to waive the automatic deferral provision. All participants’ deferrals, rollovers and matching contributions are 100% vested when contributed.

11. Related Party Transactions

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited), we incurred engineering and quality assurance costs from a third-party vendor. The Chief Executive Officer of the third-party vendor is considered an immediate family member of ON24’s Chief Technology Officer. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we recorded $1.5 million, $1.5 million, $1.1 million (unaudited) and $1.2 million (unaudited), respectively, in research and development expense on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for such engineering and quality assurance costs. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, amounts owed of

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

$0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million (unaudited), respectively, were included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company was issued promissory notes by each of a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the Director Note) and the Chief Executive Officer (the Officer Note) to exercise stock options. As of September 30, 2020, the principal amounts of $0.2 million (unaudited) and $0.2 million (unaudited) related to the Director Note and the Officer Note, respectively, were included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 12, Subsequent Events, for additional information regarding the promissory notes issued.

12. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through October 27, 2020, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

In January 2020, the Board of Directors approved an increase of 2,000,000 shares to the share reserve under the 2014 Stock Option Plan.

In February 2020, the Company was issued the Director Note in the principal amount of $0.2 million by a member of the Company’s Board of Directors to exercise stock options. The principal amount due under the Director Note bears interest at the rate of 2.07% per annum, and the Board Note permits repayment in whole or in part at any time without penalty. The Director Note is secured by such individual’s shares of common stock.

In February 2020, the Company was issued the Officer Note in the principal amount of $0.2 million by the Chief Executive Officer to exercise stock options. The principal amount due under the Officer Note bears interest at the rate of 2.07% per annum, and the Officer Note permits repayment in whole or in part at any time without penalty. The Officer Note is secured by such individual’s shares of common stock.

In July 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated agreement to extend the maturity date of its existing revolving line of credit to July 31, 2022. Other than the extension of the maturity date the terms of the revolving line of credit agreement are substantially similar to those of the facility before the amendment.

In October 2020, the Company established a new subsidiary in Japan, ON24 Japan GK. The new subsidiary will support the expansion of our sales effort in the APAC region.

In October 2020, the Board of Directors approved an increase of 3,000,000 shares to the share reserve under the 2014 Stock Option Plan.

13. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

In preparing the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2020 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through December 7, 2020, the date at which the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

In November 2020, the member of the Company’s Board of Directors repaid the Director Note principal balance of $0.2 million and an immaterial amount of accrued interest.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

ON24, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   KeyBanc Capital Markets

Through and including                     , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by ON24, Inc. (the “Registrant”), other than the underwriting discount, upon closing of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,910  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Exchange listing fee

         *  

Printing and engraving expenses

         *  

Legal fees and expenses

         *  

Accounting fees and expenses

         *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

         *  

Miscellaneous expenses

         *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                 *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering requires the Registrant to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide that the Registrant will indemnify its directors and officers and permit the Registrant to indemnify its employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers, whereby it has agreed to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Registrant. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

The Registrant maintains insurance policies that indemnify its directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2018, the Registrant has issued the following unregistered securities:

(a) Sales of Class B-1 Preferred Stock

In April 2019, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 2,310,067 shares of its Class B-1 convertible preferred stock to an investor at a purchase price of $10.82 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $25.0 million.

No broker-dealers were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All holders of securities described above represented to the Registrant in connection with their purchase or issuance that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

(b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

From January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020, the Registrant granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 8,444,452 shares of its common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $2.15 to $14.42 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $6.1181, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2014 Stock Option Plan, or the 2014 Plan. The registrant has also issued 2,731,606 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options under the 2000 Stock Option Plan and the 2014 Plan from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2020.

The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with the Registrant’s employees and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a)

Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective immediately prior to closing of this offering.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective immediately prior to closing of this offering.
  5.1 *    Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US).
10.1 +    ON24, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form of stock option agreement thereunder.
10.2 +    ON24, Inc. 2014 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form of stock option agreement thereunder.
10.3 +*    ON24, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and form of stock option agreement thereunder.
10.4 +    ON24, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5 +    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.6 +    Form of Offer Letter between the Registrant and certain of its executive officers.
10.7 +    Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 12, 2019, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
10.8 +    Form of Executive Severance Agreement
10.9    Office Lease Agreement, dated January 2, 2018, by and between the Registrant and 50 Beale Street, LLC.
10.10    Fifth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 16, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Comerica Bank.
10.11    Consulting Agreement, dated July 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and InfoHorizon, LLC, and the related Statement of Work Number One, dated July 1, 2010.
10.12    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this registration statement).

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

  (b)

Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Francisco, California, on the 8th day of January, 2021.

 

ON24, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Sharat Sharan

  Sharat Sharan
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sharat Sharan and Steven Vattuone, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and to act in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of ON24, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated hereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sharat Sharan

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  January 8, 2021
Sharat Sharan  

/s/ Steven Vattuone

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 8, 2021

Steven Vattuone  

/s/ Irwin Federman

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Irwin Federman  

/s/ Denise Persson

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Denise Persson  

/s/ Holger Staude

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Holger Staude  

/s/ Dominique Trempont

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Dominique Trempont  

/s/ Barry Zwarenstein

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Barry Zwarenstein